15006 Merlin Gerin

Ready to install Distribution boards, DIN rail mounted equipment,enclosures and connection systems

Contents

Isobar 4 distribution boardsand protective devices

Section one 7

Modular control products Section two 31

Unit mounted residual current devices

Section three 73

Unit mounted circuit breakers Section four 79

Connection systems Section five 113

Enclosures Section six 121

Technical data Section seven 133

Dimensions Section eight 163

Schneider Electric overview Section nine 197

Comprehensive quick reference index

Section ten 203

Isobar 4 Type A distribution board features

Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 16kA to BS EN 60439

High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve single and double pole

125A busbar rating

Isobar disconnection system ensuring unused outgoing ways are isolated

Option of switching outgoing neutral on all boards using distributed neutral kit

Terminal block for feeding up to 100A

Range of incomers: switch disconnectors, residual current devices, terminal blocks

Single pole RCBO for new or retrofit maintaining device density

Full range of device accessories and auxiliaries

Knockouts for cable gland and conduit

Isobar 4Type B distribution board with 125A incomer features

High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole

Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 25kA to BS EN 60439 when fed by MCCB

250A busbar rating


Option of switching outgoing neutral using distributed neutral kit

Range of incomers

Removable insulated pan assembly

Fully shrouded neutral

Split neutral bars

Removable gland plates

Isobar 4Type B distribution board with 250A incomer features

High performance MCB 10kA BS 60898 15kA BS 60947-2 in B, C or D curve 1, 2, 3 or 4 pole

Fully type tested conditional short circuit rating of 25kA to BS EN 60439 when fed by MCCB

250A busbar rating


Option of switching outgoing neutral using distributed neutral kit

Range of incomers up to 250A

Removable insulated pan assembly

Fully shrouded neutral

Split neutral bars

Removable gland plates

Isobar 4 distribution boards and protective devices

Section one

Replacement items

Pan assemblies Type A and Type B 20Doors and covers Type A and Type B 20

Type A single phase

Distribution boards 8 - 9Incoming devices 10Outgoing devices 21 - 22Loose enclosures and accessories 11

Type B three phase

Distribution boards 12Incoming devices 14 - 15Outgoing devices 21 - 22Loose enclosures and accessories 16

7

Isobar 4SP&N type A distribution boards*

8

125A Standard A boards (incomers not included)

Part No. No. of outgoing Dimensions (mm)

ways Height Width Depth

MGAN6 6 264 260 127

MGAN9 9 264 315 127

MGAN12 12 264 370 127

MGAN15 15 264 450 127

*MGAN23 23 494 370 127

* 2 row unit.

125A Split load A boards (incomers not included)

Part No. Unprotected Protected Dimensions (mm)

outgoing ways outgoing ways Height Width Depth

MGAN46SL 4 6 264 450 127

MGAN48SL 4 8 264 450 127

MGAN66SL 6 6 264 450 127

Incomers:Switch disconnector see page 10Residual current device see page 10Terminal block see page 10

Outgoers:MCBs see page 21RCBOs see page 222 pole Vigi see page 23Auxiliaries see page 26

Distribution board accessories see page 11

Specification: Designed, manufactured and tested to

BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar rating 125A Voltage rating 230/240Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 pole switching at

any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2

DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Surface or flush mounting using flush

mounting kit, see page 11 5 single pole blanking plates Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated IP2X with covers removed

Note: All devices are sold separately

MGAN6

MGAN66SL

* for use only with C60H range

Incomers:Switch disconnector see page 10Residual current device see page 10Terminal block see page 10

Outgoers:MCBs see page 21RCBOs see page 222 pole Vigi see page 23Auxiliaries see page 26Control and command devices see page 31

Distribution board accessories see page 11

Isobar 4SP&N type A distribution boards*

9

125A Dual incomer A boards (incomers not included)

Part No. No. of No. of Dimensions (mm)

outgoing ways outgoing ways

Circuit A Circuit B Height Width Depth

MGAN46DS 4 6 264 370 127

MGAN66DS 6 6 264 450 127

MGAN76DS 7 6 264 450 127

Loads should be evenly distributed across primary and secondary supplies.

125A Multi service A boards (incomers not included)

Part No. No. of Useable Dimensions (mm)

outgoing ways DIN rail

SP way Height Width Depth

MGAN416MS 4 8 264 370 127

MGAN520MS 5 10 264 450 127

MGAN716MS 7 8 264 450 127

MGAN96MS 9 3 264 370 127

MGAN912MS 9 6 264 450 127

MGAN1010MS 10 5 264 450 127

MGAN126MS 12 3 264 450 127

MGAN1228MS 12 14 494 370 127

2 row unit.


BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar rating 125A Voltage rating 230/240Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 pole switching at

any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2

DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting

kit, see page 11 5 single pole blanking plates Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated IP2X with covers removed


MGAN66DS

MGAN716MS


Isobar 4SP&N type A distribution boards - incomers

10

Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles

MGTB1252 125A 230/240V 2

Part No. Rating Voltage Sensitivity

RMG630302 63A 230/240V 30mA

RMG631002 63A 230/240V 100mA

RMG633002 63A 230/240V 300mA

RMG800302 80A 230/240V 30mA

RMG801002 80A 230/240V 100mA

RMG803002 80A 230/240V 300mA

23111 80A 230/240V 100mA Time delayed

RMG1000302 100A 230/240V 30mA

RMG1001002 100A 230/240V 100mA

RMG1001002S 100A 230/240V 100mA Time delayed

RMG1003002 100A 230/240V 300mA

23116 100A 230/240V 300mA Time delayed

Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles

MGI1252 125A 230/240V 2

Specification: BS EN 61008. Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671 Cable capacity 63A, 80A = up to 35mm2

100A = up to 50mm2

Terminal tightening torque 2Nm (35mm2), 3.5Nm (50mm2)

Specification: Direct connection incoming lug unit, two pole

suitable for use in any Isobar 4 A type board Cable capacity 50mm2

Terminal tightening torque 3.5Nm

BS EN 60947-3 AC22A Cable capacity 50mm2

Red toggle and PCI in accordance with BS 7671 Wiring Regulations

Tightening torque 3.5Nm

MGI1252

RMG630302

MGTB1252

Isobar 4MGA loose enclosures and

board accessories

11

Part Useable No. of Dimensions (mm)No. DIN rail rows

SP ways Height Width DepthMGN16DE 8 1 264 260 127MGN22DE 11 1 264 315 127MGN28DE 14 1 264 370 127MGN34DE 17 1 264 450 127*MGN56DE 28 2 494 370 127* 2 row unit.

ApplicationA range of steel enclosures using the Isobar 4 A board design suitable formounting DIN devices including MCBs, RCBOs and control and commandproducts.

Flush mounting kitPart No. For use with

MGAN6FK MGAN6, MGN16DE

MGAN9FK MGAN9

MGAN12FK MGAN12, MGAN46DS, MGAN416MS

MGAN15FK MGAN15, MGAN46SL, MGAN48SL, MGAN66SL, MGAN76DS, MGAN912MS,

MGAN1010MS, MGAN1228MS

MGAN24FK MGAN23, MGAN1228MS

Part No. SP circuits Description

MGANWL 15 A board spare outgoing way

self adhesive labels

Part No. Description

MGACE Clean earth facility for A type boards (6 hole).

Or can be used to comply with BS 7671 607-02

where the protective conductor ring shall be

separately connected at the distribution board.


MGTB1001 100A terminal block for installation in Isobar boards as an

outgoing way. Supplied with identification labels.

Note: cable must be provided with local protection to

comply with BS 7671. Cable capacity 50mm2.

MGN56DE

MGANWL

MGTB1001

MGACE


MGNA4 Distributed neutral kit for 4 way SP+N







NKIT Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4)Note: One pack included in a distributed neutral kit

Accessories:Part No. DescriptionMGBL Key lockBP Blanking plates 5 off

light grey

Specification: Folded sheet steel enclosure Ingress protection IP31 to

BS EN 60529 DIN rail Colour RAL 9001 epoxy

powder coated Surface or flush mounting using

flush mounting kit Earth bar 5 single pole blanking plates

Isobar 4TP&N type B distribution boards*

12

Standard B boardsPart No. No. of TP Dimensions (mm)

outgoing ways Height Width Depth

MGBN4 4 484 470 158

MGBN6 6 484 470 158

MGBN8 8 538 470 158

MGBN12 12 700 470 158

MGBN16 16 808 470 158

MGBN18 18 808 470 158

MGBN24 24 970 470 158

Split load B boardsThese are achieved by selecting any 2 Isobar B boards and joining with either

MGBNTJKN and feeding the top board via a outgoing 100 amp terminal block MGTB1001 for each phase

or use

MGBN63SPL split load kit which is supplied with a 63 amp C curve mcb

Incomers: see page 14

Outgoers: see page 21


BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar rating 250A Voltage rating 400/415Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 or 4 pole switching

at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2

100% rated DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Surface mounting Flush mounting available 5 single pole blanking plates supplied Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated IP2X with covers removed


MGBN12


Multi service B boardsControl products can be added to any B type distribution board using a modular extension box

MGBNEX034N which will accept 17 single pole wide control products

MGBN12+MGBN8

MGBN8 + Multi service

Isobar 4TP&N type B distribution boards*

13

Heavy duty IP55 (125A) Part No. No. of outgoing Height Width Depth

ways TP

MGBN6HDGK 6 650 600 330

MGBN8HDGK 8 650 600 330

MGBN12HDGK 12 850 600 330

MGBN16HDGK 16 850 600 330


BS EN 60439-3 Unique Isobar outgoing phase connection link Busbar ratings 125A Voltage rating 400/415Vac Distributed neutral allowing 2 or 4 pole switching

at any outgoing way using distributed neutral kit Ingress protection IP55 to BS EN 60529 Cable capacity neutral and earth bar 25mm2

DIN rail mounting with fully shrouded busbars Additional earth stud provided 5 single pole blanking plates Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated Door can be left or right handed Key lockable enclosure as standard

Incomers:Switch disconnector see page 15Residual current devices see page 15Terminal blocks see page 15(Maximum 125A DIN rail mounted)

Outgoers:MCBs see page 21RCBOs see page 23

MGBN12HDGK



14

Isobar 4TP&N type B distribution boards - incomers

Residual current circuit breakers (RCCBS 63 - 160A)Part No. Rating Voltage Sensitivity No.

of poles

RMG630304 63A 415V 30mA 4

RMG631004 63A 415V 100mA 4

RMG633004 63A 415V 300mA 4

23146 63A 415V 300mA TD** 4

16261 80A 415V 30mA 4

23213 100A 415V 300mA 4

23227 100A 415V 300mA TD** 4

MGNI160RCCB* 160A 415V Adjustable 4

* Item is supplied with 270mm extension box, MCCB and Vigi.

** Time delay as an element of discrimination.

Switch disconnectors (160 - 250A)Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles

MGNI1603 160A 415V 3+N

MGNI2003 200A 415V 3+N

MGNI2503 250A 415V 3+N

MGNI1604 160A 415V 4

MGNI2004 200A 415V 4

MGNI2254 225A 415V 4

MGNI2504 250A 415V 4

29243 Bare cable connector set 95mm2 160A set of 4

29260 Bare cable connector set 185mm2 250A set of 4

MGALK Allen key kit for fitting devices >160A

Devices fit directly into distribution board and are supplied with 270mm extension box.

Switch disconnectors Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles

MGI1253N 125A 415V 3 + N

MGI1254 125A 415V 4

Specification: BS EN 60947-3 Copper pad for M8 lugs, tightening torque 15Nm Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position Category of duty AC22 Positive contact indication in accordance with BS 7671

Specification: BS EN 61008 Positive contact indication in accordance with

BS 7671 Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position Trip free mechanism Cable capacity 63A/80A - 35mm2, 100A - 50mm2

Terminal tightening torque 2Nm (63/80A), 3.5Nm (100A), 15Nm (160A)

Specification: BS EN 60947-3 Category of duty AC22 Positive contact indication in accordance with

BS 7671 Cable capacity 50mm2

Terminal tightening torque 3.5Nm Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position

using ref: MGLAMGI1254

MGNI2504

MGBNI160RCCB

15

Isobar 4TP&N type B distribution boards - incomers

Terminal blocks (125/250A)Part No. Rating Voltage Notes

MGTB1254 125A 415V

MGNTB2504 250A 415V With extension box

MGNPBN250TB 250A 415V Without extension box

Dual source incomerPart No. Rating Voltage No. of poles

MGNDSI ≤125A 415V 4

Moulded case circuit breakers (MCCBs 100 - 250A)Part No. Rating Voltage No. of poles

MGNCB1004 100A 415V 4

MGNCB1604 160A 415V 4

MGNCB2004 200A 415V 4

MGNCB2504 250A 415V 4

MGALK Allen key kit for fitting devices >160A

Specification: Cable capacity: 125A - 50mm2

250A - M8 copper pad Terminal tightening torque: 125A - 3.5Nm

250A - 15Nm

To be used in dual source applications, with standby being a portable/fixedgenerator set or second transformer. Mechanically interlocks any combination ofthe following incoming 4P devices:

MGI1254 C120 C60

A padlocking facility enables either one or both to be locked in the OFF position orusing MGLA for locking ON. Front cover is lockable using MGBL.Cable capacity 50mm2.Supplied complete with board connection.

MGTB1254

MGNCB2004

MGNDSI

Devices fit directly into distribution board and aresupplied with 270mm extension box and terminalshield

Can be fitted with shunt trip, UVR and auxiliaryswitch. Refer to Compact NS Catalogue

Distribution boards fitted with a MCCB are suitable for installations with fault levels up to25kA

Specification: BS EN 60947-2 Category of duty AC22 Positive contact indication in accordance with

BS 7671 Cable capacity 50mm2 - 185mm2

Terminal tightening torque 100A - 10Nm, 160, 200 and 250A - 15Nm

To be ordered separately.

Surge arrestor kitPart No. Description

MGNPRD Supplied with extension box and protection device

16

Supplied with DIN rail, door and plain front cover


18mm rows

SP ways Height Width Depth

MGBN4SXP 34 2 484 470 158

MGBN8SXP 34 2 538 470 158

MGBN12SXP 51 3 700 470 158

MGBN16SXP 68 4 808 470 158

MGBN24SXP 85 5 970 470 158

Isobar 4MGB loose enclosures

Supplied with DIN rail, door and slotted front cover


18mm rows

SP ways Height Width Depth

MGBN4SXS 34 2 484 470 158

MGBN8SXS 34 2 538 470 158

MGBN12SXS 51 3 700 470 158

MGBN16SXS 68 4 808 470 158

MGBN24SXS 85 5 970 470 158

Specification: Ingress protection IP31 to BS EN 60529 Earth bar capacity 25mm2

Surface or flush mounting using flush mounting kit,see page 28

Colour RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated For enclosure accessories see page 18

For alternative enclosures see Section six, page 121.

ApplicationMGB loose enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products,primarily for control and metering. They may be mounted individually or attached tothe side of an MGB board of equivalent height using the side joining kitMGBNSJK.Alternatively they may be attached to the top or bottom of an MGB board using thetop/bottom joining kit MGBNTJKN.

MGBN8SXS

Type Part No.For panel mounting12 holes MG12EE18 holes MG18EE24 holes MG24EE36 holes MG36EE48 holes MG48EE56 holes MG56EE72 holes MG72EE

Extra terminal bar for earth For inside enclosure mounting Including support Current rating 200A 25mm2 holes

MGBN8SXP

17

Isobar 4B board extension boxes and metering

MGBNEXN

MGBNEX034N

MGBNEXA15N

ApplicationThe range of B boards are manufactured in a 270mm modular height thereof, toallow the user greater flexibility, so enabling the inclusion of single phasedistribution boards, multi service units, larger cabling arrangements etc.

Part No. DescriptionMGBNEXN Extension box with plain

front cover. Provides additional wiring space or a housing for control or metering equipment.

Part No. DescriptionMGBNEX034N Extension box with DIN

rail, slotted front cover and door. Provides space for up to 17 SPDIN mounted products.Includes gland plate andjoining kit.

Part No. DescriptionMGBNEXA15N A 15 way Isobar 4c

A type distribution boarddesigned for fixing directon to any Isobar 4cB type board.

Part No. DescriptionMGBN100CCI Provides contactor

control and isolation of Isobar 4cB type boards

Kit includes 100A contactor 240Vac coil (Part No. 15978,

see page 46 for details) Switch disconnector Extension box 270mm Interconnections 100A terminal block

MGBNKWH

Contactor incomer 100A

Part No. DescriptionMGBNKWH Extension box with

multi-function meter, CT’s, wiring loom and MCB to pick up voltage.

Meter provides Phase voltage kVArh Current Power factor kWh, kW per phase Pulsed output per kWh

Note: Voltage connection takes up 4 SP outgoing ways at bottom of stack

3 phase kWh metering

MGBN100CCI

18

Isobar 4TP&N type B distribution board accessories

Part No. Description SP circuitsMGBNWL B board front

cover way labels 72

Part No. DescriptionMGTB1001 100A terminal block for installation in Isobar boards as

an outgoing way. Supplied with identification labels. Note: cable must be provided with local protection tocomply with BS 7671. Cable capacity 50mm2.

Part No. DescriptionMGBL Door lock for A and B boards

new style square sliding catch MGK33 2 off spare keys for MGBL

Spare door catch

Part No. DescriptionBP 5 pole blanking plates (light grey).

Note: 1 off BP supplied with each distribution board.

Part No. DescriptionMGBNGPN Gland plate plain for B type distribution boardMGBNGPEXN Gland plate for Isobar extension box

Gland plate for B board with knock out

MGBNWL

100A outgoing terminal block

MGBL

BP

19

Isobar 4TP&N type B distribution board accessories


MGNBCE7 for type B boards provides 7 clean earth or extra

neutral/earth holes.

MGNBCE25 25 hole

Clean earth facility

MGNB6


MGBNTJKN Joining kit for two type B distribution boards mounted

above or below each other.

MGBNSJK Joining kit for two type B distribution boards mounted

side by side.

MGBN63SPL 63amp split load kit kit.

Single phasing kit (125/250A)Part No. Rating Voltage DescriptionMG125SPEV 125A 415V For 4P incomers up to 125AMG250SPEV 250A 415V For 4P incomers up to 250AConverts a TP&N B board incomer into single phase applications when used inconjunction with the above terminal blocks and switch disconnectors.

MG125SPEV MG250SPEV

MGBNSJK


MGNB4 Distributed neutral kit for 4 way TP+N







NKIT Phase to neutral conversion kit (pack 4)Note: One pack included in a distributed neutral kit

20

Isobar 4Replacement pan assemblies, doors and covers

B board pan assemblyPart No. DescriptionMGBN4P 4 way TP&N pan assemblyMGBN6P 6 way TP&N pan assemblyMGBN8P 8 way TP&N pan assemblyMGBN12P 12 way TP&N pan assemblyMGBN16P 16 way TP&N pan assemblyMGBN418P 18 way TP&N pan assemblyMGBN24P 24 way TP&N pan assembly

B board door and coverPart No. DescriptionMGBN4C Suitable for MGBN4MGBN6C Suitable for MGBN6MGBN8C Suitable for MGBN8MGBN12C Suitable for MGBN12MGBN16C Suitable for MGBN16MGBN18C Suitable for MGBN18MGBN24C Suitable for MGBN24

A board pan assembly*Part No. DescriptionMGAN6P 6 way SP&N pan assemblyMGAN9P 9 way SP&N pan assemblyMGAN12P 12 way SP&N pan assemblyMGAN15P 15 way SP&N pan assembly

A board door and coverPart No. DescriptionMGAN6C Suitable for MGAN6MGAN9C Suitable for MGAN9MGAN12C Suitable for MGAN12MGAN15C Suitable for MGAN15MGAN23C Suitable for MGAN23

MGAN9P

MGBN8P

MGAN6C

MGBN8C * for use only with C60H range

21

C60HIsobar 4 outgoers miniature circuit breakers 1 - 63A

Installation In Merlin Gerin Isobar 4 distribution boards Symmetrical DIN rail Direct panel mounting Isobar 4 pan assemblies

Technical data Current ratings: 1 - 63A at 300C to

BS EN 60898 Voltage ratings: 240 - 440Vac Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898: 10kA,

BS EN 60947-2: 15kASee page 140 for further information on breakingcapacities and dc ratings. Operating cycles (O-C): on load 20,000 Operating temperature: -300C to +700C Positive contact indication: in accordance

with BS 7671 Current limitation: Class 3 Width:Pole 18mm SP ways mm1 1 182 2 363 3 544 4 72

Dimensions: see page 172

Weight:Pole Grams1 1102 2203 3404 450

Accessories: see page 26Add on earth leakage: see page 23Technical data: see page 133

Note: 2 and 4 pole C60H MCBs are suitable forinstallation in Isobar 4 distribution boards and panassemblies with NKIT.

For current ratings greater than 63A, see Section four.Note: Not suitable as outgoing way in Isobar 4c.

See page 135 for grouping factor

1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type B Miniature circuit breakers

1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type C Miniature circuit breakers

1, 2 and 3 pole Type D Miniature circuit breakers

22

C60HIsobar 4 outgoers miniature circuit breakers 1 - 63A

C60HB type B (3 - 5In)ApplicationsProtection and control of circuits against overloadsand short circuits. In applications with general load characteristics Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type B:

magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In Cable capacity:

1 - 25A = 25mm2

32 - 63A = 35mm2

Tightening torque:≤ 25A = 2.5Nm32 - 63A = 3.5Nm

Ratings 1P 2P 3P 4P(A) 1 C60HB 101 C60HB 201 C60HB 301 C60HB 4012 C60HB 102 C60HB 202 C60HB 302 C60HB 4024 C60HB 104 C60HB 204 C60HB 304 C60HB 4046 C60HB 106 C60HB 206 C60HB 306 C60HB 406

10 C60HB 110 C60HB 210 C60HB 310 C60HB 41016 C60HB 116 C60HB 216 C60HB 316 C60HB 41620 C60HB 120 C60HB 220 C60HB 320 C60HB 42025 C60HB 125 C60HB 225 C60HB 325 C60HB 42532 C60HB 132 C60HB 232 C60HB 332 C60HB 43240 C60HB 140 C60HB 240 C60HB 340 C60HB 44050 C60HB 150 C60HB 250 C60HB 350 C60HB 45063 C60HB 163 C60HB 263 C60HB 363 C60HB 463

C60HD miniature circuit breakers Part No’sC60HD type D (10 - 14In)ApplicationsProtection and control of circuits against overloadsand short circuits. In applications with high inrush currents, such as

transformers, motors, certain lighting systems etc Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type D:


1 - 25A = 25mm2

32 - 63A = 35mm2


Ratings 1P 2P 3P 4P (A)1 C60HD 101 C60HD 201 C60HD 301 25211 2 C60HD 102 C60HD 202 C60HD 302 252124 C60HD 104 C60HD 204 C60HD 304 25214 6 C60HD 106 C60HD 206 C60HD 306 2521510 C60HD 110 C60HD 210 C60HD 310 2521616 C60HD 116 C60HD 216 C60HD 316 2521720 C60HD 120 C60HD 220 C60HD 320 2521825 C60HD 125 C60HD 225 C60HD 325 2521932 C60HD 132 C60HD 232 C60HD 332 2522040 C60HD 140 C60HD 240 C60HD 340 2522150 C60HD 150 C60HD 250 C60HD 350 2522263 C60HD 163 C60HD 263 C60HD 363 25223

Ratings 1P 2P 3P 4P(A)1 C60HC 101 C60HC 201 C60HC 301 248722 C60HC 102 C60HC 202 C60HC 302 248734 C60HC 104 C60HC 204 C60HC 304 248756 C60HC 106 C60HC 206 C60HC 306 24876

10 C60HC 110 C60HC 210 C60HC 310 2487716 C60HC 116 C60HC 216 C60HC 316 2487820 C60HC 120 C60HC 220 C60HC 320 2487925 C60HC 125 C60HC 225 C60HC 325 2488032 C60HC 132 C60HC 232 C60HC 332 2488140 C60HC 140 C60HC 240 C60HC 340 2488250 C60HC 150 C60HC 250 C60HC 350 2488363 C60HC 163 C60HC 263 C60HC 363 24884

C60HC miniature circuit breaker Part No’s

C60HB miniature circuit breaker Part No’s

C60HC type C (5 - 10In)ApplicationsProtection and control of circuits against overloadsand short circuits. In applications with moderate inrush currents,

such as certain lighting systems Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type C:


1 - 25A = 25mm2

32 - 63A = 35mm2


23

Vigi C60Add on residual current device for use with C60 MCBs only

ApplicationsClipped onto the side of any C60 MCB, add on Vigisprovide a high level of protection against earth fault inaddition to overload and short circuit protection provided by the MCB alone.

Effectively creating an RCBO to BS EN 61009, C60MCBs with add on Vigis can be used with any Isobar 4 distribution board, pan assemblies as well asa wide range of DIN enclosures.

+ =

Specification: Standards Approval: BS EN 61008 (BS EN 61009 when fitted to MCB) Operating voltage: 2 pole = 110/240V, 50/60Hz,

4 pole = 240/415V, 50/60Hz Cable capacity: 2 pole = 25mm2,

4 pole = 35mm2

Tightening torque: 2.5Nm = 25mm2,3.5Nm = 35mm2

Class AC Integral self test button Indication of earth fault tripNote: Must not be used as the sole means of protection against direct contactwith live parts (BS 7671).

Vigi modules - 2 pole for assembly with 1 or 2 pole MCBsPart No. Ratings Sensitivity Width in

(A) (mA) 18mm SP ways

MGV 25 010 2 25 10 2

MGV 63 030 2 63 30 2

MGV 63 100 2 63 100 2

MGV 63 300 2 63 300 2

Vigi modules - 4 pole for assembly with 3 or 4 pole MCBsPart No. Ratings Sensitivity Width in

(A) (mA) 18mm SP ways

MGV 63 030 4 63 30 3

MGV 63 300 4 63 300 3

Terminal screw shields available for Vigi RCDs.

See C60 accessories on page 26.

MCB 2P Vigi RCBO


T

T

2 4

1 3

1 3 5 7

2 4 6 8

24

C60H RCBO (18mm)Combined MCB/RCD

Applications

Protection against overloads, short circuits and earth leakage faults.

Part No. Ratings Curve Class(A) type

C60HC6R30 6A 30mA C AC







C60HC10R100 10A 100mA C AC

C60HC16R100 16A 100mA C AC

C60HC20R100 20A 100mA C AC

C60HC32R100 32A 100mA C AC

C60HC45R100 45A 100mA C AC

C60HC6RA10 6A 10mA C A












The C60H RCBO provides: Protection against indirect contact Supplementary protection against direct contact

(BS 7671) Protection against insulation faults Finger safe terminals Reverse polarity protection Loss of neutral and earth protection Operating voltage: 200Vac - 230Vac Current ratings: 6A - 45A Tripping characteristics: BS EN 61009 (type C)

magnetic setting between 5 - 10 In Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898 10,000A,

BS EN 60947 15kA Class 3 current limiting overcurrent protection Positive contact indication in accordance with

BS 7671 Lockable in “ON” or “OFF” position using MGLA Trip free mechanism Compatible with C60 auxiliaries and accessories

e.g. alarm contact, shunt trip Load terminals cable capacity 16mm2


Installation Isobar 4 distribution boards, pan assemblies and

standard enclosures on symmetrical DIN rail

C60HC32R30

Trip sensitivityAC classTripped by sinusoidal AC currents independent ofrate of rise.

A classTripped by sinusoidal AC pulsed DC and thosecontaining DC component.

25

Electrical auxiliariesC60 MCBs and RCBOs

ApplicationsFor the remote control and status indication of C60 MCBs.

Auxiliary combination

They are mounted to the left of the circuit breakerwithin a maximum width of 54mm

Fixed using clips (no tools) onto the left side of the circuit breaker

Compatible with Vigi modules (fitted to the right side) A maximum of 3 indication auxiliaries on the same

circuit breaker A maximum of 2 changeover auxiliaries (OF+SD/OF)

on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 2 tripping auxiliaries (MX + OF or MN)

on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 1 tripping auxiliary (MN s or MNx or

MSU) on the same circuit breaker

++++

OF+SD/OFauxiliarycontact

OFauxiliarycontact

SDfault indication

switch

Mx + OF, MN, MN s MNx orMSU auxiliary

Circuitbreaker

26

U>

C1C2


MX + OF (shunt release and auxiliary contact)Control Part No. Width involtage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways110 - 415 110 - 130 26946 148 48 26947 112/24 12/24 26948 1Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is applied. Indication of tripping and fitted with changeover contact for indication. Self breaks control circuit allowing it to remain energised.

MSU (voltage threshold release)1P + N Control Part No. Width in

voltage 18mm SP (Vac) ways220 - 240 tripping at 255V 26979 2220 - 240 tripping at 275V 26479 2

MN (under voltage release)Instantaneous Control Part No. Width in

voltage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways220 - 240 26960 148 48 26961 1115 (400Hz) 26959 1220 - 240 Delayed s 26963 2Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is removed.

MNx emergency stopControl Part No. Width involtage 18mm SP (Vac) ways230 26969 2230 26977 2*400 26991 2*400 26971 2* For use with C60 only.Disconnects the MCB when the normally closed push button contact is opened. Does not trip in the event of power supply failure.

MX shunt releaseControl Part No. Width involtage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways110 - 415 110 - 130 26476 148 48 26477 112/24 12/24 26478 1

U>

14 12 C2 C1

U>

E1 E2 N L

U>>

N L

U<

D1 D2

26946

26476

26979

26963

26969

27


SD fault indicating switchPart No. Width in

18mm SP ways

26927 0.5

Contact rating (V) (A)240Vac 6A415Vac 3A24Vdc 6A48Vdc 2A125Vdc 1A

OF auxiliary contactPart No. Width in

18mm SP ways

26924 0.5


OF + SD/OF selector switchPart No. Width in

18mm SP ways

26929 0.5

94 92 91

24 22 2192 94 91

14 12 11

26927

26924

26929

Auxiliary contactchanges when devicetrips with front faceindication, red fortripped.

Auxiliary contactchanges with maincontacts (on/off) withtest button on frontface.

Auxiliary contact andselectable auxiliary orfault contact withfront face indication.Note: Does not fitonto Isobar 4distribution board.

28

AccessoriesFor C60

Padlocking facilityBreaker Quantity Part No.C60 Pack of 5 MGLA

Screw shieldBreaker Quantity Part No.C60 Sealable and dividable

2 x strips of 4 26981

Screw shieldBreaker Quantity Part No.C60 Vigi Sealable

1P shields 20 off 26982

Terminal shieldBreaker Pole Part No.C60 pair 1 26975

2 269763 26975 + 269764 26978

Insulated sub distribution terminalFor 3 x cables up to 16mm2 each Breaker Quantity Part No.

C60>25A Pack of 4 19091

*Aluminium cable terminalFor cables of 16 - 50mm2 Breaker Quantity Part No.

C60>25A Pack of 1 27060

MGLA

26981

26975/26976

19091

27060

Note: MGLA is suitable for use with C60MCBs/RCBOs mounted in Isobar 4 distributionboards.

Description Part No.Padlock 4mm hasp for MGLA MGLAPFor MCBs/RCDs (pack of 2) 26970

* not for use in Isobar 4 distribution boards

29

AccessoriesFor C60

*Rear connection terminal For cables up to 50mm2. Breaker Quantity Part No.

C60 Pack of 2 18528

Inter-pole barrierBreaker Quantity Part No.C60 Pack of 10 27001

18528

27001

* not for use in Isobar 4 distribution boards

30

AccessoriesFor C60

SpacerBreaker Width Part No.C60 9mm 27062

Replacement cover for vigiblocBreaker Pole Part No.C60 2 26483Pack of 5 3 26484replacements 4 26485

27062

26483

Modular control products Section two

Local control 32 - 44

Remote control 45 - 54

Time management 55 - 58

Lighting management 59 - 60

Metering and measurement 61 - 70

Heating management 71

31

32

ApplicationThe I switches perform the operations of control anddisconnection.

Technical details Compliance with standards: I 20, 32 and 40A: BS EN 60669-1, IEC 669-1 I 63, 100 and 125A, IEC 947-3

- Degree of pollution 3- Isolating voltage 500Vac- Impulse voltage 6kV- Degree of protection IP4X on the front panel- Frequency 50 - 60Hz

Isolation with positive contact indication DC application: 48V (110V with 2 series

connected poles) Mechanical endurance: I 20, 32 and 40A: 200,000 operating cycles I 63, 100A and 125A: 50,000 operating cycles Electrical endurance: AC22, p.f. = 0.6: I = 20 and 32A:30,000 operating cycles I = 40 and 63A: 20,000 operating cycles I = 100A: 10,000 operating cycles I = 125A: 2,500 operating cycles

I switch disconnectors20 - 125A

Short circuit withstand: 20 x In: 1s Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity

95% at 55°C) Connection by tunnel terminals for: 10mm_ flexible/rigid cables for I 20 - 40A 50mm_ rigid cables or comb busbars, 35mm2

supple cables for I 63, 100 and 125A Tightening torque: 20A = 1.4Nm 32 - 40A = 2Nm 63 - 125A = 3.5Nm AuxiliaryO.C auxiliary switch Contact breaking capacity: 3A at 400Vac 6A at 230Vac Fixing by clipping onto symmetrical rail, on the left

side of the switch Connection by tunnel terminals for 2 x 2.5mm

cables

Type Rating Voltage Width Part No.(A) (Vac) in 18mm

SP waysI switches 20 250 1 150051P 32 250 1 15009

40 250 1 1502463 250 1 15013100 250 1 15090125 250 1 15057

I switches 20 250 1 150631P + indicator 32 250 1 15100

1 x1

2 x2

15013

1

2

33

I switch disconnectors20 - 125A

15014



40 415 2 1502063 415 2 15014100 415 2 15091125 415 2 15058

I switches 20 415 2 150642P + indicator 32 415 2 15101

1 3

2 4

x1

x2

1 3

2 4



40 415 3 1502363 415 3 15015100 415 3 15092125 415 3 15059



40 415 4 1501963 415 4 15016100 415 4 15093125 415 4 15060


SP waysAccessoriesNO auxiliary 3 (6) 415 (230) 1 15096Terminal shields 15094

1 3

2 4

5

6

1 3

2 4

5

6

7

8

15015

15096

15212

34

TR transformers4 - 63VA

ApplicationSafety and bell transformers allow for a very low voltage to be obtained from a230Vac supply.

Technical details Primary voltage: 230Vac ± 10% Secondary voltage on load: 8 - 12 - 24Vac ± 15% for bell transformers 12 - 24Vac ± 5% for safety transformers Frequency: 50Hz - 60Hz Compliance with standards: EN 61558-1,

IEC 61558-1 Connection tunnel terminals for cables up to

4mm2

Type Power Secondary Width Part No.(VA) voltage in 18mm

(Vac) SP waysBell transformer 4 8 2 15214

4 8 - 12 2 152138 8 - 12 2 1521616 8 - 12 2 1521225 12 - 24 3 15215

Safety transformer 16 12 - 24 5 1521815 12 - 24 5 1521920 12 - 24 5 1522063 12 - 24 5 15222

15218

12V

230V1 11

8V4 8

230V1 11

12V

4 86 8V

230V1 11

24V

4 86 12V

230V1 11

24V

4 810

230V1 11

24V

8 128 13

230V1 11

12V

6 128 10

15214 15212, 15213,15216

15215 15218, 15219

15218, 15219 15220, 15222

35

RO buzzer and SO bellAudible signalling

Type Secondary Sound Width Part No.voltage level in 18mm(V) (dB) SP ways

Bell 240 80 1 1532012 80 1 15321

Buzzer 240 70 1 1532212 70 1 15323

ApplicationAudible indication of signals.

Technical details Sound level (at distance of 60 cm): RO buzzer: 70dB SO bell: 80dB Frequency: 50 - 60Hz Consumption: 3.6VA:8 - 12A 5VA: 220 - 240V Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to

4mm2

15320

15322

SO bell RO buzzer

STI fuse carriersWithdrawable gl or gG fuse links

36

Type Voltage Width Part No.(Vac) in 18mm

ways1P 500 1 156361P+N 500 1 156462P 500 2 156513P 500 3 156563P+N 500 3 15658

Type Rating Dimensions Part No.(A) (mm)

gG (gl) fuse links 2 10.3 x 38 157754 10.3 x 38 157766 10.3 x 38 1577710 10.3 x 38 15779

Blown fuse indicator 15668

Dimensions Rating Operating Breaking(Ø x L) (A) voltage capacity(mm) (Vac) (kA) gG (gL - gl)10 x 38 32 500 80

15636

15775

ApplicationSTI fuse carriers provide overload and short circuit protection.

Technical detailsCarrier Isolation of all poles is guaranteed for the 2P and

3P versions during factory assemble Positive contact indication To be equipped with gG (gL - gl) type fuse links,

with or without fuse blowing indicator Fuse carrier: Captive Additional housing is provided for a spare fuse Optional indication: by indicator lights (see

accessories) Connection: by tunnel terminals for rigid cables

up to 10mm2 and flexible cables up to 6mm2

Complies with standard: IEC 947-3

Fuse link gG (gL - gl) types. Fuse link without striker pin Breaking capacity: as standard IEC 269-1/2 Vertitas and Lloyd’s approved

PRD surge arrestersDraw out

37

16562

PRD 1P+N

PRD 3P+N

ApplicationPRD removable surge arresters enable the rapid replacement of damagedcartridges without any cable disconnection.

Technical details*Each surge arrester in the range has a specific use: Incomer and protection: PRD 40r/PRD 40 are recommended for a high

risk level The PRD 15 is recommended for a low risk level Secondary protection: The PRD 8 ensures secondary protection of

loads to be protected and is placed in acascading configuration with surge arresters atthe incomer end

Common technical data Operation indication by means of a

mechanical indicator: White: normal operation Disconnection of the short circuited surge arrester

to be conducted with a circuit breaker Recommended breaker: Single phase + N: C60HC220 Three phase + N: 24879

Standards IEC 61643-11 class 2 test

PRD 40r/PRD 40 Imax (8/20µs): 40kA In (8/20µs): 15kA The PRD 4 0r includes: Operating indicator on front panel

PRD 15 Imax (8/20µs): 40kA

In (8/20µs): 15kA

PRD 8 Imax (8/20µs): 40kA In (8/20µs): 15kA

Spare cartridges 40, 15, 8 kA and neutral cartridges The C40r and C neutral r cartridges have

operating indicator

Type Un Uc (V) Up Width Part No.(V) MC MD (kV) in 18mm

SP waysPRD65r 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16557PRD65r 3P 440 440 2 3 16558PRD65r 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16559PRD40r 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16562PRD40r 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16563PRD40r 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16564PRD40 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16567PRD40 3P 440 440 275 1.8 3 16568PRD40 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16569PRD15 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16572PRD15 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16573PRD15 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16574PRD8 1P+N 230 440 275 1.2 2 16577PRD8 3P 440 440 1.8 3 16578PRD8 3P+N 440 440 275 1.2 4 16579

Replacement cartridgesC65r - 440 16581C65r - 275 16581C40r - 440 16583C40r - 275 16583C40 - 440 16585C40 - 275 16585C15 - 440 16587C15 - 275 16587C8 - 440 16589C8 - 275 16589C neutral r 16590C neutral 16591

Isobar installation kit MGNPRD

NL

NL1

L3L2

* Further details of surge arrester selection can be found on pages 147 - 149 at the rear of the document. Or in publication Ref: MGD 5082

PF surge arrestersFixed

38

15689

ApplicationThe PF all contained, multiple pole surge arrester range is especially adapted to TTand TN-s earthing systems.

Technical details*Each surge arrester in the range has a specific use: Incomer and protection: PF30r/PF30 are recommended for a high risk

level The PF 15 is recommended for a low risk level Secondary protection: The PF 8 ensures secondary protection of loads

to be protected and is placed in a cascadingconfiguration with surge arresters at the incomerend

Common technical data Operation indication by means of a

mechanical indicator: Not illuminated: OK Flashing: surge arrester must be immediately

replaced Disconnection upon thermal overload built into the

surge arrester Disconnection of the short circuited surge

arrester to be conducted with a circuitbreaker:

Single phase + N: C60HC220 Three phase + N: 24879

PF 30r and PF 30Common mode protection Imax (8/20µs): 30kA In (8/20µs): 10kA Up: 1.8kV Test button for front panel indicator. The PF30r has a built-in remote indication

contact: Normally closed

PF 15Common mode protection Imax (8/20µs): 15kA In (8/20µs): 5kA Up: 1.8kVDifferential mode protection Imax (8/20µs): 8kA In (8/20µs): 2kA

Up: 1kV

PF 8Common mode protection Imax (8/20µs): 8kA In (8/20µs): 2kA Up: 1.5kVDifferential mode protection Imax (8/20µs): 8kA In (8/20µs): 2kA Up: 1kV

PF 1P+N PF 3P+N

N L1

L1

N

N L1

L1

N

L2 L3

L2

L3

Type Un Uc (V) Up Width Part No.(V) MC MD (kV) in 18mm

SP waysPRD65r 1P+N 230 440 2 7 15684PRD65r 3P+N 440 440 2 7 15685PRD30r 1P+N 230 440 1.8 3 15689PRD30r 3P+N 440 440 1.8 4 15690PRD30 1P+N 230 440 1.8 3 15687PRD30 3P+N 440 440 1.8 4 15688PRD15 1P+N 230 440 250 1.8 2 15692PRD15 3P+N 440 440 250 1.8 4 15693PRD8 1P+N 230 440 250 1.5 2 15695PRD8 3P+N 440 440 250 1.5 4 15696

* Further details of surge arrester selection can be found on pages 147 - 149 at the rear of the document. Or in publication Ref: MGD 5082

CM selector switchesLocal control

39

18074

ApplicationCM selector switches allow the manual switching of circuits.

Technical details Voltage rating: 250Vac Current rating: 20A Electrical durability: 30,000 cycles AC22 Complies with standard: IEC 60669-1 and

IEC 60947-5-1 Operating temperature: -20°C to +50°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +80°C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity

95% at 55°C) Connection by rigid or flexible cable with or

without cable end: Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2, +/- recess

screw, Pozidrive n°1 Staggered terminals simplifying cable connection

1 changeover switch

2 changeover switches

2 changeover switches 1NO + NC

1 changeover switch

Type Circuit Width Part No.in 18mmways

2 position1 changeover 1 180702 changeover 2 180711NO+1NC 1 18072

3 position1 changeover 1 180732 changeover 2 18074

2 position selector switches

3 position selector switches

0 I4 2

1

0 I4 2

1

8 6

5

0 I2

1

4

3

I 0 II2

1

4I 0 II

2

1

4 6

5

8

BP pushbuttonsLocal control

40

18035

ApplicationThe BP pushbuttons are used to give manual impulse signals.

Technical details Voltage rating: 250Vac Current rating: 20A Electrical durability: 30 000 switching operations

AC22 (cosØ = 0.8) Complies with standard: IEC 60669-1 and

IEC 60947-5-1 Indicator light with LED technology: Consumption: 0.3 W Service life: 100,000 hours with constant luminous

efficiency Indicator light requires no maintenance

(non-interchangeable LEDs) Operating temperature: -20°C to +50°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +80°C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity:


without cable end: Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2 +/- recess


1 NC 1 NO 1 NO+1 NC 1 NO/1 NC 1 NO/1 NC

Type Indicator Pushbutton Indicator Circuit Width Part No.colour colour voltage in 18mm

waysSingle Grey 1NC 1 18030

Red 1NC 1 18031Grey 1NO 1 18032

Double Grey 1NO+1NC 1 18033Grey/Red 1NO+1NC 1 18034Grey/Grey 1NO+1NC 1 18035

Pushbutton with Green Grey 110 - 230Vac 1NO 1 18036indicator Red Grey 110 - 230Vac 1NC 1 18037

Green Grey 12 - 48Vac/dc 1NO 1 18038Red Grey 12 - 48Vac/dc 1NC 1 18039

BP

1 NO 1 NC

BP with indicator light

3

4

1

2

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

x1

x2

3

4

x1

x2

V indicator lightsLocal control

41

18326

ApplicationThe V indicator lights provide visual indication and signalling.

Technical details Complies with standard IEC 60947-5-1 (except

part number 18327 complies with standard IEC 73and IEC 1000-4)

Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz Indicator light with LED technology Consumption: 0.3 W (0.5 W for Part No. 18327) Service life: 100,000 hours with constant luminous

efficiency Indicator light requires no maintenance

(non-interchangeable LEDs) Flashing frequency: 2Hz (18326) Degree of protection: IP4X for the part outside the enclosure IP2X at the terminals Divisible partition to accommodate a comb busbar Operating temperature: -20°C to +50°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +100°C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity


without cable end: Tunnel terminals up to 2 x 2.5mm2, +/- recess


Type Colour Voltage Width Part No.in 18mmways

Single indicator Red 110 - 230Vac 1 18320light Green 110 - 230Vac 1 18321

White 110 - 230Vac 1 18322Blue 110 - 230Vac 1 18323Yellow 110 - 230Vac 1 18324Red 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18330Green 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18331White 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18332Blue 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18333Yellow 12 - 48Vac/dc 1 18334

Double indicator Green/Red 110 - 230Vac 1 18335lightFlashing indicator Red 110 - 230Vac 1 18326lightThree phase indicator Red/Red/Red 230 - 400Vac 1 18327light

Single indicatorlight

Double indicatorlight

Flashing Three phaseindicator light

x1-

x2+

x1

x2

x3

x4

x1

x2

==

x1

XC (N)*

x2 x3 230Vac=

XB device holderLocal control

42

15151

ApplicationThe device holders can be mounted on 35mm rail to facilitate mounting ofpushbuttons, indicators or other devices*.

Technical detailsButton holder For buttons, switches and indicators with metal or

plastic flange Ø 22 of the Telemecanique XB4 /XB5 type*

Depth under rail 60mm (same as products in themulti 9 range)

Drilling diameter: Ø 22.3 Self-extinguishing insulating material Colour: light grey RAL 7035

Universal holder For buttons, indicators, light emitting diodes

(LED), potentiometers Easy drilling, to be adapted depending on use Depth under rail 60 mm (same as products in the

multi 9 range) Self extinguishing insulating material Colour: light grey RAL 7035

15152

Type Width Part No.in 18mmways

22mm button holder 3 15151Universal holder 3 15152

* Further details of Telemecanique pushbuttons can be found in publication Ref: ICC 1854

PowerLogic:Power meter series PM700

43

Applications Panel instrumentation

Submetering and cost allocation

Remote monitoring of an electrical installation

Harmonic monitoring (THD)

Contract optimisation and load profiling

CharacteristicsLarge, easy-to-read display Multiple values displayed at the same time on an anti-glare display featuring a

green back-light

Easy to operate Intuitive navigation with context-sensitive menus for easy use

Only 50mm deep Measures 96 x 96 x 50 mm including connectors and Modbus communications

Energy class 1 as defined by IEC 61036 Sufficient accuracy for submetering and cost allocation

Power, current demand, THD, min/max Expanded metering data for the cost of analog metering

Description Part numberPM700/700P/710Power Meter with THD, min/max PM700MGPower Meter with THD, min/max, 2 pulse outputs PM700PMGPower Meter with THD, min/max, RS 485 communications PM710MG

Selection guide PM700 PM710 PM700PGeneralUse on LV and HV systems Current and voltage accuracy 0.5% 0.5% 0.5%Energy and power accuracy 1.0% 1.0% 1.0%

Instantaneous rms valuesCurrent, voltage, frequency Active, reactive, Total and per phase apparent powerPower factor Total

Energy valuesActive, reactive, apparent energy

Demand valuesCurrent Present and max. Active, reactive, Present and max. apparent powerSetting of calculation mode Block, sliding block, rolling block

Data recordingMin/max of instantaneous values

Display and I/OBacklit LCD Display Pulse output - - 2

CommunicationRS 485 port - 2 wire -Modbus protocol - -

1 Mounting slots

2 RS485 communications (450C) or 2 pulse outputs (450P)

3 Heartbeat LED

4 Control power

5 Voltage inputs

6 Current inputs


44

PM700 series back view

Electrical characteristicsType of measurement True rms up to the 15th harmonic

On three-phase AC system (3P 3P + N)32 samples per cycle

Measurement Current and voltage 0.5 %accuracy Power 1 %

Frequency ± 0.01 Hz from 45 to 65 HzReal Energy IEC 61036 Class 1Reactive Energy IEC 61036 Class 2

Data update rate 1 sInput-voltage Measured voltage 10 to 480 V AC (direct L-L)characteristics 10 to 277 V AC (direct L-N)

0 to 3.2 MV AC (with external VT)Metering over-range 1.2 UnImpedance 2 MΩ (L-L) / 1 MΩ (L-N)Frequency range 45 to 65 Hz

Input-current CT ratings Primary Adjustable from 5A to 65534 Acharacteristics Secondary 5 A starting at 10 mA

Measurement input range 0 to 6 APermissible overload 15 A continuous

50 A for 10 seconds per hour120 A for 1 second per hour

Impedance < 0.1 ΩLoad < 0.15 VA

Control Power AC 110 to 415 ±10 % V AC, 5 VADC 125 to 250 ±20 % V DC, 3 WRide-through time 100 ms at 120 V AC

Output Pulse output PM700P Static output (240 ±10 % V AC or 300 ±10% V DC, 100 mA max. @ 25 °C, derate 0.56 mAper °C above 25°C) 2.41 kV rms isolation

Mechanical characteristicsWeight 0.37 kg

IP degree of protection (IEC 60529) IP52 front display, IP30 meter bodyDimensions 96 x 96 x 88 mm (meter with display)

96 x 96 x 50 mm (behind mounting surface)Environmental conditionsOperating Meter -0 °C to +60 °Ctemperature Display -10 °C to +50 °CStorage temp. Meter + display -40 °C to +85 °CHumidity rating 5 to 95 % RH at 50 °C (non-condensing)Pollution degree 2Metering category III, for distribution systems up to 277 V L-N /

480 V AC L-LDielectric withstand As per EN61010, UL508Electromagnetic compatibilityElectrostatic discharge Level III (IEC 61000-4-2)Immunity to radiated fields Level III (IEC 61000-4-3)Immunity to fast transients Level III (IEC 61000-4-4)Immunity to impulse waves Level III (IEC 61000-4-5)Conducted immunity Level III (IEC 61000-4-6)Immunity to magnetic fields Level III (IEC 61000-4-8)Immunity to voltage dips Level III (IEC 61000-4-11)Conducted and radiated emissions CE commercial environment/FCC part 15 class B

EN55011Harmonics emissions IEC 61000-3-2Flicker emissions IEC 61000-3-3SafetyEurope CE, as per IEC 61010-1U.S. and Canada UL508CommunicationRS 485 port 2-wire, up to 19200 bauds, Modbus RTUFirmware characteristicsMin./max. Worst min. and max. with phase indication for

voltages, currents, voltage unbalance, and THD. Min. and max. values for power factor (True and Displacement), power (P, Q, S) and frequency

Firmware update Update via the communication portsDisplay characteristicsDimensions 73 x 69mm Back-lit green LCD (6 lines total, 4 concurrent values)

45

CT contactors16 - 100A

Type of Control Powercable circuit circuit

16 and 25A 40 - 63A 100AFlexible 2x2.5mm2 2x2.5mm2 2x10mm2 2x35mm2

Rigid 2x1.5mm2 6mm2 25mm2 50mm2

ApplicationCT Contactors can be used for remote switching of heating, lighting, or powercircuits. Full guidance on selection can be found on pages 160 - 161.

Technical details Power circuit: CT ratings: 16 - 100A (AC7a category) Manually operated CT ratings: 16 - 63A (AC7a

category) Characterisation based on load types: see pages

160 - 161 in the technical section Voltage rating: 250Vac (1P and 2P): 400Vac (3P

and 4P) Frequency: 50Hz or 60Hz Control circuit: Voltage: 24Vac (± 10%), 230 - 240Vac

(-15% - +6%) Coil frequency: 50Hz or 60Hz Operating temperature: -5°C to +60°C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity:

95% at 55°C) Complying with standards: EN 61095, IEC

1095, NF, IMQ, NEMKO, SEMKO, VDE Connection via tunnel terminals:

Marking: contactors can be equipped with clip-onmarkers, see page 39 for details

Manually operated contactors have a 3 position selector switch on the front face: Automatic mode Temporary or permanent override operation Off

1 3 5

2 4 63NO

1 3 5 7

2 4 6 84NO

1 3

2 42NO

1

21NO

R1

R21NC

R1 R3

R2 R42NC

R1 R3 R5

R2 R4 R63NC

R1 R3 R5 R7

R2 R4 R6 R84NC

1 R1

2 R21NO+1NC

1 3 R1

2 4 R22NO+1NC

1 3 R1 R2

2 4 R2 R42NO+2NC

CT contactor Manually operated CT contactor

A1

A2

A1

A2

PI

O

Auto

Con

tact

num

ber

43

21

Type of contactsNO NC Mixed NO + NC

46

CT contactors16 - 100A

15959

15967

27062

15981

Type Rating Contacts Control Width in Part No.(A) voltage (Vac) 18mm

ways1P 16 1NC 24 1 16111

16 1NO 230 - 240 1 1611325 1NO 230 - 240 1 15958

2P 16 2NC 24 1 1611516 1NO+1NC 230 - 240 1 1585616 1NO+1NC 24 1 1612616 2NO 230 - 240 1 1595725 2NO 230 - 240 1 1595925 2NO 24 1 1602025 2NC 230 - 240 1 1596040 2NO 230 - 240 2 1596663 2NO 230 - 240 2 1597163 2NO 24 2 16024100 2NO 230 - 240 3 15977

3P 16 3NC 24 2 1611816 3NO 230 - 240 2 1612025 3NO 230 - 240 2 1596140 3NO 230 - 240 3 1596763 2NO+1NC 230 - 240 3 1531963 3NO 230 - 240 3 15972

4P 16 4NC 24 2 1612216 4NO 230 - 240 2 1612416 2NO+2NC 24 2 1612916 2NO+2NC 230 - 240 2 1613025 4NO 230 - 240 2 1596225 4NO 24 2 1602225 4NC 230 - 240 2 1596325 4NC 24 2 1602325 2NO+2NC 230 - 240 2 1596440 4NO 230 - 240 3 1596840 4NC 230 - 240 3 1596963 4NO 230 - 240 3 1597363 4NO 24 3 1602563 4NC 230 - 240 3 1597463 4NC 24 3 1602663 2NO+2NC 230 - 240 3 15975100 4NO 230 - 240 6 15978

Manually Operated2P 16 2NO 230 - 240 1 16116

16 1N0+1NC 230 - 240 1 1612725 2NO 230 - 240 1 1598140 2NO 230 - 240 2 1598463 2NO 230 - 240 2 15987

3P 25 3NO 230 - 240 2 159824P 25 4NO 230 - 240 2 15983

40 4NO 230 - 240 3 1598663 4NO 230 - 240 3 15988

AccessoriesTerminal shield 2P 16/40/63 2 15922Terminal shield 3/4P 16/25 2 15921Terminal shield 3/4P 40/63 3 15923Spacer for use every 2 contactors 0.5 27062

47

ACT contactor auxiliariesRemote control

ACTt

ACTp

ApplicationThe ACT range of auxiliaries connect to CT contactors to provide indication(ACTo+f), disturbance suppression (ACTp), impulsed or latched control and timedelays (ACTt).

Technical detailsACTo+ƒ Contact: 1NO + 1NC: 10 mA min. at 24Vac/dc - cos Ø = 1 10 mA min. at 24Vac/dc - cos Ø = 1

ACTc Min. impulse duration: 250ms Mains failure: < 1s: keeps its initial status > 5s: reset Restarted via manual operation on X or T

ACTt 4 types of time delay. See page 162 for details

ACTo+f ACTp ACTc ACTtCombined with CTRight hand side

Left hand side

Via clips (1)

Power SupplyVoltage 230V 24V 230V 24 - 48V 24 - 240VFrequency 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 50/60Hz 0 - 50/60Hz 50Hz

ConsumptionOff load 3VA 3VA 3VA 3VA 5VAInrush (2) 2A 2A 3AHolding (2) 0.5A 0.5A 0.2A

ConnectionTunnel terminals

Flexible cable (mm2) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5Rigid cable (mm2) 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5 2x1.5(1): Electrical and mechanical link(2): Maximum consumption of all controlled contactors

ACTp ACTo+f ACTc ACTt

1 1

CTACTp

2 2

L

N

S

CT

1

L

N

A1

A2

2

23

24

ACTo+f CTACTt

A1

A2

1

2

S

L

N

CTACTc

L

N

L

N

T

X

1

2

S BP

Type Control Width Part No.voltage in 18mm

waysACTo+f 0.5 15914ACTc 230 - 240Vac 1 18308ACTc 24 - 48Vac/dc 1 18309ACTp 230 - 240Vac 1 15920ACTp 24Vac 1 15919ACTt 24 - 240Vac 1 15917

48

RLI, RBN interface relaysRemote control

ApplicationThe RLI, RBN and RTBT interface with automated systems to enable switching ofpower circuits from low voltage supplies. The ERL is an extension for the RLI relay.

Common technical data Frequency: 50 - 60Hz Electrical durability: 100,000 switching

operations Connection: tunnel terminals for 0.5 - 6mm2

cables

Specific technical dataRLI and ERL Direct control on the front face: Power by pushbutton Coil: by selector switch (disconnection) Position indicator: built into the pushbutton Identification: clip-on markers on the front face,

ERL It is mounted without tools or additional wiring by

means of a yellow clip This clip is used for mechanical assemble and

electrical connection between coils

RBN and RTBT Green pilot light on the control circuit Enhance isolation between ELV/LV circuits:

4kV

15393

RLI ERL RBN RTBT

A1

A2

1 5

4 62

1 5

4 62

11

1412

A1

A2

11

1412

A1

A2

Type Coil Consumption Output 10A Width in Part No.voltage inrush @ 230V 18mm(Vac) (holding) VA (cos Ø = 1) ways

RLI 230 - 240 4 (4) 10 1 1553548 4 (4) 10 1 1553624 4 (4) 10 1 1553712 4 (4) 10 1 15538

ERL 230 - 240 4 (4) 10 1 1553948 4 (4) 10 1 1554024 4 (4) 10 1 1554112 4 (4) 10 1 15542

RBN 230 - 240 5 (2.5) 2 1 15393RTBT 12 - 24 0.22 2 1 15416

(ac or dc) (0.11)

49

RC control relaysEnergy management

RCP RCI

L1

1 3 5 7

2 4 6 8

L2L3

F=60Hz

L

1 3 5 7

2 4 6 8

1A ≤ Ir ≤ 10A

N

Circuit to control0.15A ≤ Ir ≤ 1.5A

21180

21181

ApplicationThe RCP relay monitors phase order and asymmetry on all phases of a 3 phasecircuit and reports loss or reversal. The RCI relay monitors the current flowing in acircuit and reports when a preset threshold is reached.

Technical details Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz Operating temperature: -5 to +55°C Consumption: 3VA Indication: Green LED for power ON Red LED for fault Output by 8 A changeover switch under 250Vac

(cos Ø = 1) Connection: tunnel terminals for rigid cables from

1.5 - 6mm2

RCP Operating voltage: 400Vac ± 15% Phase asymmetry threshold setting: 5 - 25% Hysteresis: fixed, 5% of asymmetry threshold Phase rotation direction monitoring 3 phase presence monitoring Time delay on tripping: 0.3s

RCI Measurement: Range: 0.15 - 10A Automatic recognition of ac and dc current 1 measurement ranges selected by wiring

- 0.15 - 1.5A- 1 - 10A

Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring Threshold adjustable from 5 - 50% Failsafe contact Time delay on threshold reached: 0.1 - 10s Power supply: 230Vac Optional fault memorisation with rest Compatible with TI current transformers with an

X/5 ratio. See page 69


RCP 2 21180RCI 2 21181

50

RT time relayTime management

ApplicationThe RT range of time relays provide various delays for enhanced control.

RTA offers delay on energisation of the load.

RTB causes an off delay after energisation via the closing of an auxiliary contact.

RTC causes an off delay after energisation via the closing and opening of anauxiliary contact.

RTH causes a time delay before energisation of a load.

RTL enables cyclic control with on and off timing.

RTMF is a multifunction time relay with the functionality of RTA, RTB, RTC or RTH.

Technical data Time delay range: 0.1s - 100h Control circuit: Control and supply voltage:

- 24Vdc ± 10%- 24 - 240Vac ± 10%- RTMF: 12 - 240Vac/dc ± 10%

Frequency: 50 - 60Hz Operating temperature: -5 to +55°C Power circuit: Changeover switch (without cadmium)

- minimum rating: 10 mA/5Vdc- maximum rating: 8 A/250Vdc and 8 A/250Vac

Mechanical durability: > 5x106 operations Electrical durability: > 105 operations (utilisation

category AC1) Accuracy: ± 10% full scale Minimum control impulse duration: 100mS Maximum resetting time by voltage break:

100mS Repetition accuracy: ± 0.5% with constant

parameters Visualisation of contact status by green indicator

light (flashing during the time delay) Unaffected by brownouts < 20mS Case protection: IP40 Connection by tunnel terminals: 2 x 2.5mm2 single strand cable without end 2 x 1.5mm2 multi-strand cable with end

16066

Specific technical dataRTA The single time delay cycle starts on energisation

of the supply of the RTA relay The load is energised at the end of the time

delay T

RTB The single time delay cycle starts on closing of an

auxiliary contact (pushbutton) At the end of time delay T, the load is

de-energised

RTC The single time delay cycle only starts when an

auxiliary contact is released (pushbutton) At the end of the time delay T, the load is

de-energised

RTH The single time delay cycle starts on energisation

of the supply of the RTH relay The load is de-energised at the end of time

delay T

RTL The time delay cycle starts on energisation The load is energised for an adjustable time T,

then de-energised for an adjustable time R.This cycle is repeated until the RTL relay supply isde-energised

RTMF As applicable, the RTMF generated the time delay

cycles of the RTA, RTB, RTC or RTH relays

51

RT time relayTime management

16065

16069


RTA 1 16065RTB 1 16066RTC 1 16067RTH 1 16068RTL 1 16069RTMF 1 16070

RTA RTB

RTC RTH

RTL RTMF

52

TL impulse relays and auxiliariesRemote control

ApplicationTL and TLI impulse relays allow remote control from impulse commands(mechanically latched) or from several control points. They can be used for controlof resistive circuits (incandescent lamps, lv halogen lamps, convectors)and inductive circuits (fluorescent tubes, discharge lamps). TLc, TLm and TLs havebuilt in auxiliaries that allow centralised control, latched order control and/or remote indication.

15516

Technical data Environment: Operating temperature: -20 to +50°C Tropicalisation: treatment 2 (relative humidity 95%

at +55°C) Identification by clip-on markers on the front face Switching noise level < 60dBA (at 1M) Compliance with standard: EN 669-1,

EN 669-2-2 Approved by NF USE, CEBEC, SEMKO, DEMKO,

SETI

Specific to TL 16A, TLI, TLc, TLm and TLs Power circuit: Electrical endurance:

- 200 000 cycles AC21- 100 000 cycles AC22

Control circuit Control voltage (Uc):

- tolerance at 50Hz: Uc + 6% - 15%- tolerance at 60Hz: Uc ± 6%- tolerance in dc: + 6% - 10%

Inrush power:- 1P and 2P: 19VA- 3P and 4P (TL + ETL): 38VA

Impulse duration: 50mS (recommended value forautomatic control: 200mS

Maximum switching frequency: 5operations/minute

Connection: (+/- screw, Pozidrive) tunnelterminals for cable 0.5 - 6mm2

Specific to TL 32A Power circuit: Electrical endurance:

- 50 0000 cycles AC21- 20 0000 cycles AC22

Control circuit: Control voltage (Uc):

- tolerance at 50Hz: Uc + 6% -15%- tolerance at 60Hz : Uc ± 6%- tolerance in dc: Uc + 6% - 10%

Inrush power:- 1P: 19VA, 2P: 38VA- 3P: 57VA 4P: 76VA

Impulse duration: 50mS (recommended value forautomatic control: 200mS)

Maximum switching frequency: 5operations/minute

Connection (+/- screw, Pozidrive): Power circuit:

- tunnel terminals for cables up to 10mm2

Control circuit:- tunnel terminals for cables 0.5 - 6mm2

TLc impulse relayCentralised control of a set of impulse relays.Keeps local impulse control. Electrical control: Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for

automatic control: 200ms max) Centralised control: (recommended value for

automatic control: 500ms max) Possible combinations: ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530), ATLt, ATLz,

ATLc+c ATLc+s (only uses its indication function)

TLm impulse relay Operates by latched order from a changeover switch (selector, time switch, thermostat) of one ormore TLm. The manual control is not operational. Electrical control: Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for

automatic control: 200ms max) Possible combinations: ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530) ATLc+s (only uses its indication function)

TLs impulse relay Remote indication of its electrical state Auxiliary switch: 6A, 24 - 250Vac, cos Ø = 1 Electrical control: Impulse duration 50ms (recommended value for

automatic control: 200ms max) Possible combinations: ETL for TL 16A (reference 15530), ATLt, ATLz,

ATLc+s Indication: clip-on markers on the front face

53

5

6

TL impulse relaysRemote control

15500+15530

15510+15530

15518

TL 1P TL 2P TL1 1P

A1

A2

1

2

A1

A2

1 3

2 4

A1

A2

1 3

2 4

ETL 16A ETL 32A

5 9

8 106

TLc 1P TLm 1P TLs 1P

1

Off 2On

A1

A2

1

Off 2On

A1

A2

1

14 212

A1

A2

11

Type Rating Control Width in Part No.voltage 18mm(Vac) (Vdc) ways

TL 1P 16A 230 - 240 110 1 1551016A 130 48 1 1551116A 48 24 1 1551216A 24 12 1 1551316A 12 6 1 1551432A 230 - 240 110 1 15515

TL 2P 16A 230 - 240 110 1 1552016A 130 48 1 1552116A 48 24 1 1552216A 24 12 1 1552316A 12 6 1 15524

ETL+1P 16A 230 - 240 110 1 1553016A 130 48 1 1553116A 48 24 1 1553216A 24 12 1 1553316A 12 6 1 1553432A 230 - 240 110 1 15505

TLI 16A 230 - 240 110 1 1550016A 48 24 1 1550216A 24 12 1 15503

TLc 16A 230 - 240 110 1 1551816A 48 24 1 1552616A 24 12 1 15525

TLm 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15516TLs 16A 230 - 240 110 1 15517

16A 48 24 1 1552816A 24 12 1 15527

54

ATL impulse relays auxiliariesRemote control

ApplicationThe ATL auxiliaries connect onto TL impulse relays to provide time delayed control,centralised control with indication and multi level centralised control.

Technical dataATLt time delay auxiliary Automatically returns the impulse relay to its initialstate after a time delay that may be set from 1 secondto 10 hours. The time delay cycle starts when the device

closes. A new impulse order opens the impulserelay and interrupts the cycle

Added to the left of TL, TLI, TLs, TLc

ATLc+s centralised control + indication auxiliaryAllows centralised control thanks to a ‘ pilot line’, of aset of impulse relays controlling separate networks,while keeping the possibility of local individual controlof each impulse relay. Also enables remote indicationof the mechanical state of each relay. Added to the right of TL, TLI, ETL, TLs, TLc and

TLm Auxiliary switch: 6A: 240V cos Ø = 1

ATLc+c centralised control + indication auxiliaryAllows centralised control of several sets of impulserelays while conserving the possibility of localindividual control and multilevel centralised control. Each set, made up of TLc or (TL or TLI or TLs) +

ATLc+s, must contain a single ATLc +c Mounting: without mechanical connection to the

impulse relays and auxiliaries

ALTt ALTc+s ALTc+c

11

14 11

Off 14On 12 OnOnOff Off

Type Rating Control Width in Part No.voltage 18mm(Vac) (Vdc) ways

ATLt 16A 24 - 240 24 - 110 1 15411ATLc+s 16A 130 - 240 1 15409ATLc+c 16A 130 - 240 1 15410

55

IH mechanical time switches60 minute - 7 days

153351533615338163641536515367

15337 15366

24h 7 days

15335

15365

ApplicationControlling and switching of one or more separate circuits according to the positionof programming jumpers by the user.

Technical detailsElectrical data Voltage: 230Vac ± 10% Frequency: 50 - 60Hz (50Hz for Part No. 15338) Consumption: 2.5VA (1VA for Part No. 15338) Time accuracy: ± 2 second per day at 20°C Contact rating:

Under 250Vac Under 250Vac(cos Ø = 1) (cos Ø = 0.6)16A 4A

Degree of protection: Front face: IP40 Terminals: IP20 Operating temperature: -10°C to +50°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +85°C

Type No. of No. of Power Interval Width in Part No.switching channels reserve between 18mmoperations 2 jumpers ways

IH 1c 24hr 18mm 48on - 48off 1 None 15min 1 15335IH 1c 24hr 18mm 48on - 48off 1 100h 15min 1 15336IH 1c 60min 24on - 24off 1 None 15min 15s 3 15338IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 1 None 15min 3 16364IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 1 150hr 30min 3 15365IH 1c 24hr 24on - 24off 2 150hr 30min 3 15337IH 1c 7day 21on - 21off 1 150hr 4hr 3 15367IH 1c 24hr + 7day 16on - 16off 1 + 1 150hr 45min 3 15366

+ 7on - 7off + 12hrSpare riders 15341

56

IHP digital time switches24 hours - 7 days

ApplicationControlling and switching of one or more separate circuits for the purpose ofheating, ventilation, lighting or any other application requiring time control.

Technical dataElectrical data Voltage: 230Vac +/- 10% Frequency: 50 - 60Hz Consumption: 3 - 8.5VA Saving of program and time by lithium battery Time accuracy: ± 1 second per day at 20°C Contact rating:

Mechanical data Degree of protection: Front face: IP40 Terminals: IP20 Operating temperature: - 10°C to +50°C Storage temperature: -25°C to +70°C

Under 250Vac Under 250Vac(cos Ø = 1) (cos Ø = 0.6)16A 4A

15720 1572215721 15723

16 (10)A 250V ~

1 3 5

C2

L1

N1

16 (10)A 250V ~

2 4 6N

Load230V

C1

Auto

Off03 9910

10.30

12 15 18 21 24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

9

6

3

0

L1

N1

16 (10)A 250V ~

2 4 6N

Load230V

C1

Auto

Off03 9910

10.30

12 15 18 21 24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

9

6

3

0

15854

15722

15351

menu

Res

ok

10:54

n 02Prog

On04

L N

Load

Type No. of No. of Width in Part No.switching channels 18mmoperations ways

IHP 18mm 1c 28 1 1 15854IHP 1c 28 1 2.5 15720IHP+ 1c 42 1 2.5 15721IHP 2c 42 2 2.5 15722IHP+ 2c 42 2 2.5 15723

57

ITM multifunction time switch60 minute - 7 days plus specified days

ApplicationWeekly or annual programming distributed over 4 output channels from a maximumof 6 conditional inputs. Create a flexible time managed operation or control anumber of applications from one device.

Technical dataElectrical data Voltage: 230Vac ± 10% Frequency: 50Hz Consumption: 45VA Saving program and time by lithium battery: Lifetime: 10 years Back-up time: 5 years Time accuracy: ± 1 second per day at 20°C Contact rating: 10A under 250Vac (cos Ø = 1) 6A under 250Aac (cos Ø = 0.6)

Mechanical data Overall dimensions: 10 modules of 9mm Weight: 290g Degree of Protection: Front face: IP40 Terminals: IP20 Operating temperature: -5°C to + 50°C Storage temperature: -25°C to +70°C Accessory: Removable memory cartridge

15270

Type No. of No. of Width in Part No.switching channels 18mmoperations ways

ITM 4c 6i 40 45 weekly 15 annual 12 pulse 4 5 15270

AccessoriesMemory cartridge 15280

L N

L N L N L N L N

230V~ 50Hz 1...6 =EntrÈes / Inputs 230V~

C1......C4Canaux / Channels 10A / 230V~

C 1 C 2 C 3 C 4

menu OK

+-

L N 1 2 3 4 5 6

(switch, pushbutton,

light sensitve switch, thermostat,

motion control switch, etc..)

6 x 230Vac inputs

Removable memory cartridge 15280 optional

4 x 230Vac 10A output channels

C1-C2 C3-C4

On

Off

Load(lamp, small motor,

bell, luminous sign

etc)

! Preferably relay your

load with a contactor.

58

PRE only Only to be used with the following timers: 15363 50% reduction in brightness during warning time Time adjustable from 20 - 60 seconds Maximum power: 2000W for incandescent

lighting only Not compatible with fluorescent tubes,

fluocompact lamps and very low voltage halogenlamps

15233

Type Voltage Output Width in Part No.(A @ cos Ø = 1) 18mm

waysMIN 230 16 1 15363PRE 230 1 15233

AccessoryTerminal Shield 15359

MIN timers and PRE switch off warningLighting management with time

ApplicationMIN, MINe and MINs opens a contact after a predetermined time.

PRE Is used with MIN on incandescent lighting circuits to reduce provide advancewarning of switch off by reducing the brightness.

Technical data* Consumption: < 5VA Ingress Protection: IP40 Connection: Tunnel terminals for cables up to 6mm

MIN only Two operating modes triggered by switch on

front face: Automatic mode:

- operation in timing mode- time delay adjustable from 1 - 7 minutes- setting in steps of 15 and using thumb knob- pressing a pushbutton renews the time delay

Manual override mode Maximum power required:

- incandescent or low voltage 230V halogen lighting: 2000W

15363

* Timing diagrams can be found on page 152 in the technical Section.

59

IC light sensitive switches2 - 2000 lux

Type Voltage Width in Part No.(Vac) 18mm

waysIC200 220 - 240 2.5 15284*IC2000 220 - 240 3.5 15368*IC2000P 220 - 240 5 15286*

AccessoriesPhotocell (IP65) for IC2000 Flush mount 15281Photocell (IP54) for IC2000/P Wall mount 15268

ApplicationThe IC switches open or close a contact when the photo cell detects that a lightinglevel has been reached.

The IC/P switch has the additional function of time dependency.

Technical data Photo-cell: “panel front face” type (IP54) supplied Time delay before switch ON and switch OFF 40S Luminosity monitoring: light goes on when

threshold is reached Connection: tunnel terminals for cables up to

6mm2

Contact ratings: 10A: cos Ø = 1 6A: cos Ø = 0.6 Consumption: 3VA Operating temperature: -10 to +50°C

Specific technical dataIC200 Brightness threshold: adjustable from

2 - 200 lux

IC2000/IC2000P Brightness threshold: 2 adjustable thresholds: 2 - 35 lux or

35 - 2000 lux

IC2000P Autonomy: 6 years Continuous liquid crystal display of: Time (hours and minutes) Day of the week, week Switching status Minimum programming interval: 1 minute Memory: 42 settings Program: 24 hours and 7 days Summer-winter time changes: a single

operation without modifying the program Easy program control: Forced “on” or “off” overrides Advanced switching Setting deletion to modify or remove a sequence Holiday override: 1 - 45 days Operating temperature: -10 to +50°C

IC200

N 2 4 6

L 3 5

220 - 240V

2 35

M

Utilisation

IC2000

N 2 4 6

L 3 5

235 2000

2 35

220 - 240V

M

Utilisation

IC2000P

d h m

prog

N 2 4 6

L 3 5

235 2000

2 35

220 - 240V Utilisation

15284

15286

15281

15268

*supplied with a 15268 photocell

60

C movement detection4 - 30 meters

ApplicationAutomatic control of lighting or heating systems by the detection of movement orpresence in a monitored area.

Technical data* Power supply: 230Vac ± 10%, 50Hz

Specific technical dataCE30 Output contacts: 10A cos Ø = 1 5A cos Ø = 0.5 Incandescent lights: relays compulsory Degree of protection: IP43 Connection: 1.5mm2 spring tunnel type terminals Consumption: < 1W Operating temperature: - 25 to +55°C

CDM Lighting power: Incandescent lights: 1000W max Halogen lamps: 500W max Fluorescent and fluocompact lights: relays

compulsory Degree of protection: IP54 Connection: screw terminals up to 2.5mm2

Consumption: 1.1VA Operating temperature: -25 to +50°C

57655

16990

16992

16994

CDP/CPDt Degree of protection: IP20 Operating temperature: -15°C to +55°C Storage temperature: -25°C to +70°C Weight: 144g Dimensions: Diameter: 120mm Height: 70mm Fixing centre distance: 81mm

CDP Lighting power: Incandescent lights: 2000W max LV halogen lights (230V) and ELV (12V): 1000W

max Fluorescent lights with conventional ballast:

1000W max (cos Ø = 0.5) Fluorescent lights with parallel corrected ballast:

500W max (cos Ø = 0.5)

CDPt Lighting power (max number of 1 - 10V

ballasts): 16 x (1 x 36W) 12 x (1 x 58W) 12 x (2 x 36W) 8 x (2 x 58W)

Type Detection Range Brightness Time Movement Presence Part No.angle (m) threshold delay

(Lux)CE30 20 30 5 - 300 40 sec x 57655

- 8 minCDM 0 - 180 0 - 12 3 - 80 4 sec x 16990

- 15 minCDP 180 - 360 4 - 24 20 - 1300 4 - 15 min x x 16992CDPt 180 - 360 4 - 24 100 - 1300 4 - 15 min x x 16994

AccessoriesAdditional Remote control for CDPt 16995

* Refer to Section seven page 155 for further information.

61

AMP/VLT analogue ammeters and voltmetersMetering and measurement

Type Scale Connection Width in Part No.(A or V) with CT 18mm

ways

Amp with direct connection0 - 30 Direct 4 16029

AMP with connection via CTBasic device xxx/5 4 16030Dials 0 - 5 (See TI range on pages 77-78) 16031

0 - 50 160320 - 75 160330 - 100 160340 - 150 160350 - 200 160360 - 250 160370 - 300 160380 - 400 160390 - 500 160400 - 600 160410 - 800 160420 - 1000 160430 - 1500 160440 - 2000 16045

VLT Scale0 - 300 4 160600 - 500 4 16061

AMP: 16029

VLT: 16060

ApplicationThe meters facilitate the real-time monitoring of current and voltage.

Technical details Ferromagnetic device Connection: Tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 6mm2 rigid cable Pseudo-linear scale over 90° Overall dimensions: h = 79 : w = 72 : d = 66mm Weight (g): 170 Complied with standards: IEC 51 - IEC 414 Degree of protection: Terminal block IP40 Terminals IP20 Installation temperature: -25°C to +55°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +80°C Reference temperature: 23°C Effect of temperature on accuracy ± 0.03%/°C Overload AMP ONLY Maximum for 5 seconds: 10 In Permanence: 1.2 In Consumption: 1.1VA Accuracy class: 1.5

Analogue AMP Analogue VLT

Load

3 4

A

Load

3 4

V

62

AMP/VLT/FRE digital metersMetering and measurement

15201

ApplicationThe meters facilitate the real time monitoring of current, voltage and frequency.

Technical details Supply voltage: 230Vac Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz Display by red LED: 3 digits Accuracy at full scale: 0.5% ± 1 digital Consumption: 0.3VA Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cables EMC electromagnetic compatibility:

IEC EN 50081-1 and IEC EN 50082-2 Safety: IEC EN 61010-1

AMP 10A Minimum value measured: 4% of rating Measurement input consumption: 1VA

AMP Multirange Ratings: In direct reading: 5A By CT (not supplied) configurable on the front

face of the ammeter: 10, 15, 20, 25, 40, 50, 60,100, 150, 200, 250, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1000,1500, 2000, 2500, 4000, 5000A

Minimum value measured: 4% of rating Measurement input consumption: 0.55VA

VLT Direct measurement: 0 - 600Vac Input impedance: 2 MΩ Minimum value measured: 4% of rating

FRE Minimum value measured: 20Hz Maximum value measured: 100Hz Full scale display: 99.9Hz

Type Scale Connection Width in Part No.with CT 18mm

ways

Amp with direct connection0 - 10A Direct 2 15202

AMP with multirating0 - 5000A As per rating 2 15209

VLT0 - 600V As per rating 2 15201

FRE20 - 100Hz As per rating 2 15208

Digital AMP + TI Digital VLT Digital FRE

1 2 3 4

LN NL

230V

1 2 3 4

LN 0-800V

230V

1 2 3 4

LN 20-600V

230V

63

PM9 multimeterMetering and measurement

15196

ApplicationThe PM9 digital multimeter displays the values of a three phase network. It providesinformation for the whole installation including voltage, current, active, reactive andapparent power, power factor, phase shifts, active and reactive energy andfrequency.

Technical details Supply voltage: 230Vac ± 10% Maximum measurement voltage without

voltage transformer: 3 x 400Vac (rms) Operating frequency: 50 - 60Hz Back-lit LCD display with: 3 groups each with 3 digits The type of measurement in progress The phase measured The unit: V, A, kW, kWh, VAr, Hz, pf Range of current transformers (CT): Primary: 1 - 9999A Fixed secondary: 230A

Type Supply Width Part No.voltage in 18mm

waysPM9 230 4 15196

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

S1

S2

P1

P2 S1

S2

P1

P2 S1

S2

P1

P2

N L1 L2 L3

Range of voltage transformers (VT): Primary: 1 - 9999V Fixed secondary: 230V Accuracy class: Voltage: 0.5% of full scale Current: 0.5% of full scale Active energy: class 2 as per IEC EN 61036 Reactive energy: class 3 as per IEC-EN 61268 Maximum consumption of each measurement

input: 0.55VA Operating temperature: -5°C to +55°C Storage temperature: -40°C to +85°C Connection by tunnel terminals: 2 x 2.5mm2

Three phase and neutral network: 3 x 230/400V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

S1

S2

P1

P2 S1

S2

P1

P2 S1

S2

P1

P2

L1 L2 L3

230V

L3

Three phase network: 3 x 400V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

L1

L2

L3

L2

L1

N

L3

Three phase and neutral network with or withoutneutral greater than 400V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

S1

S2

P1

P2 S1

S2

P1

P2 S1

S2

P1

P2

L1 L2 L3


Note: Do not earth thesecondary of the CT’s(2)

S1

S2

P1

P2

P1

P2

64

CM selector switchesMetering and measurement

15125

ApplicationThe CM selector switches provide selection of phases when used in conjunctionwith AMP or VLT meters.

Technical details Rotary handle Maximum operating voltage: 440V, 50/60Hz Nominal thermal current: 10A Operating temperature: -20°C to +55°C Storage temperature: -25°C to +80°C Mechanical durability (AC21A-3 x 440V):

2000,000 operations Electrical durability: 1000,000 operations Connection: jumper terminals with captive

screws, for cables up to 1.5mm2

Complies with standards: IEC 60947-3 (EN 60947-3) VDE 0660 - 107 UL

N 1 2 3S1

S2S1

S2S1

S24 10 2

3 2

A

CMA1 3

V

CMA

N 1 2 3

12 10 6 2

Type Voltage Rating Width Part No.(Vac) (A) in 18mm

waysCMA 415 10 2 15126CMV 415 10 2 15125

65

CE/ME watt hour metersMetering and measurement

ApplicationClass 2 watt hour meters are designed for sub metering. They meter the electricalpower consumed per hour by a single or three phased electrical load. There are twodistinct families: Meters with electro-mechanical displays: CE range Meters with digital displays: ME range

Technical detailsCE, Cer Operating temperature: -25 to +55°C Power consumption: 5VA Utilisation for all types of load up to 10% of third

current harmonics Connection via tunnel terminals: 2.5mm2 and

up to 50mm2

ME Accuracy class: 2 Frequency: 50/60Hz Consumption: 2.5VA Total meter: On a phase (single phase network), on the 3 phases

(three phase network) Capacity

- ME1, ME1z, ME1zr, ME3, ME3zr, ME4, and ME4zr:999.99 MWh

- ME4zrt associated with a CT rating < 150A999.99 MWh

- ME4zrt associated with a CT rating > 150A: 9999.99 MWh

Display: in kWh or MWh with 5 significant digits Partial meter: On a phase (single phase network), on the 3 phases

(three phase network) With RESET Capacity:

- ME1z, ME1zr, ME3zr and ME4zr: 99.99 MWh- ME4zrt associated with a CT rating < 150A:

99.99 MWh- ME4zrt associated with a CT rating > 150A:

999.99 MWh Display: in kWh or MWh with 4 significant digits Flashing meter indicator (yellow) on front panel Operating temperature: -25°C to +55°C Connection using tunnel terminals: Primary connection: 6mm2

Secondary connection: 16mm2

Conform to IEC 1036 standard (with a sealableenclosure)

3P+N network SP networkuse of 3 TI use of 2 TI

Ph-N voltage Ph-Ph voltage230V 400V

Maximum current Maximum power Maximum power(A) (kW) (kV)

50 34.5 40100 69 80200 138 160400 276 320

17067

15464

66


ME1zr ME3ME3zr

ME4zrt

N N L L

N L

N L

17067

MERLIN GERIN

ME1zr

10(63)A Cl. 2230Va50/60Hz

1000 imp. / kWh

1 imp. / kWh

kWh

To impulsemeter (ME1zr)

L1 L2 L3

L1 L2 L3

17076

L2 L3 L3L1 L1 L2

MERLIN GERIN

ME3zr

0.1 imp. / kWh

100 imp. / kWh

kWh

10(63)A Cl. 23x400V - 3x230V - 50/60Hz


L1 L2 L3

P1

P2 S2

S1

P1

P2 S2

S1

P1

P2 S2

S1

17072

MERLIN GERIN

ME4zrt

10/x imp. / kWh

S1S1 S2 S2S1 S2

L2 L3N L1

(L1) (L2) (L3)

10000/x imp./kWh

kWh

To impulsemeter

ME4ME4zr

ME4zrt CE 1P

N L1

N L2 L3 L3L1 L1 L2

L2 L3

N

N L1 L2 L3

17071

MERLIN GERIN

ME4zr

10(63)A Cl. 23x230/400Va 50/60Hz

0.1 imp. / kWh

100 imp. / kWh

kWh


N L1 L2 L3

P1

P2 S2

S1

P1

P2 S2

S1

P1

P2 S2

S1

17072

MERLIN GERIN

ME4zrt

10/x imp. / kWh

S1S1 S2 S2S1 S2

L2 L3N L1

(L1) (L2) (L3)

10000/x imp./kWh

kWh

To impulsemeter

3 5 7 9 11 13 15 2523

N L

N L

In = 25 A In = 90 A

U

IIN

17 19 211

4 6 8 10 12 14 16 262418 20 222

262420 22 262420 22

CE 3P CEr 1P

3 5 7 9 11 13 15 2523

L1

L2

L3

N

U

IL1

IL2

IL3

IN

S1

P1

S2

S1

P1

S2

S1

P1

S2

17 19 211

18 20 22 24 26

50 A100 A200 A400 A

3 5 7 9 11 13 15 2523

L

L

In = 25 A In = 90 A

U

IIN

17 19 211

4 6 8 10 12 14 16 262418 20 222

262420 22 262420 22

67


Operation CE CE CE ME1 ME3 ME4 ME4zrtCEr CEr CEr ME1z ME3zr ME4zr(1P) 3P 230V 3P 400V ME1zr

Single phase

Three phase

Three phase + neutral

Rated voltage230V (1P+N)

230V (3P)

400V (3P)

127/230V (3P+N)

230/400V (3P+N)

Frequency (50/60Hz)

Direct measurement current (A)For single phase 25 or 90 63For three phase 63 63Current measurement 50 - 400 50 - 400 40 - 6000via CT (A)Total meter

Total meter capacity 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh 999.99 MWh With CT ≤150A999.99 MWhWith CT ≥ 150A999.99 MWh

Partial meter ME1z/ME1zr ME3zr ME4zr(with RESET)

DisplayElectro-mechanical

(6 significant digitsin kWh)Digital (5 significant

digits in kWh or MWhRemote transfer CEr CEr ME1zr ME3zr ME4zr

Type Rating Voltage Width Part No.(A) rating in 18mm

(Vac) ways

Single phaseCE 25 or 90 230 6 15464Cer 25 or 90 230 6 15466ME1 63 230 2 17065ME1z 63 230 2 17066ME1zr 63 230 2 17067

Three phase three wireME3 63 3x400 4 17075ME3zr 63 3x400 4 17076

Three phase four wireCE 50 - 400(via CT) 3x230/400 6 15465Cer 50 - 400(via CT) 3x230/400 6 15467ME4 63 3x230/400 4 17070ME4zr 63 3x230/400 4 17071ME4zrt 40 - 6000(via CT) 3x230/400 4 17072

17067

15464

For more information refer to publication Ref’s: MGD 5171 and MGD 5195

68

CH/CI countersMetering and measurement

15440

15443

ApplicationThe CH counters measure the total operating time of any load. The CI counterscount 230Vac pulses from devices such as utility meters or people counters.

Technical detailsCH Electromechanical display Maximum display: 99999.99 hours Display accuracy: 0.01% Without reset Storage temperature: -25°C to +85°C Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cable Consumption: 0.15VA Operating temperature: -10°C to +70°C Mounting on symmetrical rail

CI Supply and metering voltage: 230Vac,

50/60 Hz Consumption: 0.15VA Maximum display: 9 999 999 impulses Without reset Metering data Minimum impulse time: 50ms Minimum time between 2 impulses: 50ms Storage temperature: -25°C to +85°C Operating temperature: -10°C to +70°C Connection: tunnel terminals for 2.5mm2 cable

CH CI

Load

CH2 3

Load

CI2 3

Kwh

Type Control Width Part No.voltage in 18mm

waysCH 230Vac 2 15440CI 230Vac 2 15443

69

TI current transformersMetering and measurement

ApplicationTI are a range of current transformers with a ratio of x/5 for use with measurementdevices (AMP, ME) and control devices.

Technical details Suited to all types of modular electrical

switchboards and enclosures Easy installation on symmetrical rail Easy, reliable connection using tunnel terminals,

terminals for lugs or screw terminals Compliance with standards: IEC 44-1,

NEF 42502, VDE 0414, BS 7626 and IEC 38-1 Degree of protection: IP20 Ambient installation temperature: Standard range: -5°C to +55°C, humidity < 95%, Tropicalised range: -25°C to +60°C

humidity > 95% Storage temperature: -40°C to +80°C

TI electrical data Maximum voltage rating Ue: 720V Secondary current: 5A Frequency: 50 - 60Hz

TI mechanical data Maximum dimensions of primary circuit opening

and weight:

Specific technical dataRing type current transformers Secondary connection using terminals for crimped

lugs, tunnel terminals or using studs (dependingon Part No.)

Delivered with:

Part No. Opening Diameter Weight(mm) (mm) (g)

16500 - 16506 and 16451 - 16456 20x5 21 20016509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465 30x10 22 27016518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 40x10 35 43016523 - 16524 and 16473 - 16474 64x11 and 51x31 50016526 - 16535 and 16476 - 16483 65x32 32 60016537 - 16538 34x84 70016540 - 16544 38x127 150016545 - 16547 52x127 150016548 - 16549 55x165 5000

Part No. Adaptor Adaptor Insulated Sealablefor fixing for fixing binding coveron a on a screwsymmetrical platerail

16500 - 16506 and 16451 - 16456

16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465 Optional16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 Optional16523 - 16524 and 16473 - 16474

16526 - 16535 and 16476 - 16483

16537 - 16538

16540 - 16544

16545 - 16547

16548 - 16549

For further details on selecting a current transformer, see page 161.

16503

70

TI current transformersMetering and measurement

16503

16512

Rating Part No. Part No. Part No.standard tropicalised cylinderTI TI

40/5A 16500 1655050/5A 16501 16451 1655075/5A 16502 16452 16550100/5A 16503 16453 16550125/5A 16504 16454 16550150/5A 16505 16455 16550

16509 16459200/5A 16506 16456 16550

16510 1646016526 16476

250/5A 16511 16461 1655116518 1646816627 16477

300/5A 16512 16462 1655116519 1646916528 16478

400/5A 16520 1647016529 1647916513* 16463 16551

500/5A 16521 1647116523 1647316530 1648016514* 16464 16551

600/5A 16524 1647416531 1648116515* 16465 16551

800/5A 16532 164821000/5A 16533 164831250/5A 16534

1653716540

1500/5A 165351653816541

2000/5A 165422500/5A 16543

16545300/5A 165444000/5A 165475000/5A 165486000/5A 16549* Only for use with cylinder

Power (VA) Accuracy class0.5 1 3

22.531.544

62.517.541.58510.51028124814.512.5152012822.5151015204025606070

1.251.252.5445.56729541186127.515124101861021.515202515123020152025503080120120

11.53456.56.578.55118613.512715101815612228122620253020

3525

60

100

Accessories Part No.Sealable cover for 16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465 16552Sealable cover for 16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 16553

71

TH modular thermostatsEnergy management

ApplicationThe TH3 and TH6 modular thermostats offer close tolerance temperature control fora variety of applications.

Technical data Output contact rating: 5 A at 250Vac cos Ø =1 1 A at 250Vac cos Ø = 0.6 Electronic thermostat: Consumption: 2VA Temperature difference between tripping and

activation: ± 0.2°C Degree of protection: IP20

Specific technical dataTH3 Three indicator lights visualise: Above freezing operation (green) Reduced operation (yellow) The make position of the output contacts (red) Connection: 6mm2 tunnel terminals Delivered with ambient temperature probe

TH6 Indicator light: a (red) light emitting diode

visualises the make position of the outputcontacts

Connection: 2 x 2.5mm2 tunnel terminals Delivered without probe

15840

15841

Type Temperature Width in Part No.range 18mm(0C) ways

TH3 (c/w probe 15846) +8 to +26 4.5 15841TH6 -30 to +90 4.5 15840

AccessoriesGround probe 15845Ambient probe 15846Outdoor probe 15847Collar probe 15848

TH3 TH6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

NL

220/240V

NOLAmbienttemperaturecontrol

External contacts

Abovefreezing

Reducedsetpoint

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

NL

220/240V

NOLAmbienttemperaturecontrol

Unit mounted residual current devices

RMG residual current devices 74

RMG auxiliaries 75

RMG accessories 76

RMG enclosures 77

Section three

The devices featured in Section three are not suitable formounting in the Isobar 4 outgoing connection system

73

RMG residual current devicesRatings: 16 - 100ASensitivities: 10 - 300mA, time delayed

74

3 phase 3 wire 415V applicationsIn applications where no neutral is available an auxiliarytest resistor is required for test button operation.Note: Device operation is independent of voltage or typeof connection.30mA 2700Ω 4 watt100mA 820Ω 4 watt300 mA 270Ω 4 wattNote: Resistors are not available from Merlin Gerin.

FEED

LOAD

N R Y B

or

FEED

LOAD

N R Y B

Type RMG RCD - two pole 240V Class ACRating Sensitivity Part No.(A) (mA)16 10 RMG 16 010 225 10 RMG 25 010 225 30 RMG 25 030 240 30 RMG 40 030 240 300 RMG 40 300 263 30 RMG 63 030 263 100 RMG 63 100 263 300 RMG 63 300 280 30 RMG 80 030 280 100 RMG 80 100 280 300 RMG 80 300 2100 30 RMG 100 030 2100 100 RMG 100 100 2100 300 RMG 100 300 280 100time delayed 50 - 70ms 23111100 300time delayed 50 - 70ms 23116100 100time delayed 50 - 70ms RMG 1001002S

Type RMG RCD - four pole 415V Class ACRating Sensitivity Part No.(A) (mA)25 30 RMG 25 030 425 300 RMG 25 300 440 30 RMG 40 030 440 300 RMG 40 300 463 30 RMG 63 030 463 100 RMG 63 100 463 300 RMG 63 300 463 300time delayed 50 - 70ms 2314680 30 16261100 300 23213100 300time delayed 50 - 70ms 23227

Type RMG RCD Class ARating No. of Part No.(A) poles25A 30mA 2 2324940A 30mA 2 2325363A 30mA 2 23258

40A 30mA 4 2330363A 30mA 4 23308

ApplicationType RMG residual current devices provide the functions of isolation, switching andearth leakage protection of electrical circuits. They have a residual current operatedelectro-mechanical release which operates without any auxiliary source of supply toopen a circuit automatically in the case of an earth leakage fault between phase andearth greater than or equal to a threshold of 10, 30, 100, or 300mA.

Specifications RCD: BS EN 61008

Technical data Positive contact indication in accordance with

BS 7671Unwanted trippingAll RMG rcd's incorporate a filtering device preventingthe risks of unwanted tripping due to transient voltages(lightning, line disturbances on other equipment...) andtransient currents (from high capacitive circuits.)

Electrical data Current ratings: 16A - 100A Voltage ratings: 2 pole: 110/240Vac,

4 pole: 240/415Vac Cable capacities

16A - 80A: tunnel terminals for cables up to 35mm2

100A: clamp terminals for cables up to 50mm2

Number of operating cycles: (on load) 20,000 cycles (O-C)

Operating temperature: -5 to +40°C Identification system: All RMG RCDs can accept

up to a total of 4 marking accessories on each of their poles.

Width in 18mm SP ways:2P RMG all ratings: 24P RMG all ratings: 4

Installation On symmetrical DIN rail Panel mountingNote: RMG residual current devices must be used withcircuit breakers to provide circuit protection of overloadand short circuit faults. Dimensions: see page 170

RMG 80 030 2

75

Electrical auxiliaries for 2 and 4 pole RMGs

Shunt trip release (MX) Enables remote tripping Is equipped with a cut off switch in series with the

coil allowing control circuit to remain energised Includes one auxiliary changeover switch (OF) Red flag trip indicator Mounted on the LHS of the OFS Cable capacity 2.5mm2

Arrangement of auxiliaries

Note: both 2P and 4P RMG type residual currentdevices can be fitted with the above combinations of electrical auxiliaries. Note: OFS required for all combinations.

Auxiliaryswitch OF

Shunt tripmodule MX

Undervoltagetrip module MN

Auxiliaryswitch OF.S

RCD

OF

OF

OF

MXor

MN

MXor

MN

R

M

G

R

M

G

R

M

G

OFS

OFS

OFS

MXor

MN+

+ + + +

+

+ + + +

Width Coil Consumption Partin 18mm volt pickup W or VA No.SP ways1 130Vdc 10 269461 240Vac 50 269461 415Vac 120 269461 48 - 60Vdc 22 269471 48 - 130Vac 200 269471 24Vac/dc 120 26948Also requires OFS 26923

Undervoltage release (MN) Enables the RCD to be tripped either when the

auxiliary supply voltage drops or by the opening operation of a normally closed remote pushbutton

Prevents the RCD from being switched 'ON' again if the undervoltage release supply is not present

Red flag trip indicator Mounted on the LHS of the OFS Cable capacity 2.5mm2

Width Coil Consumption Partin 18mm volt pickup W or VA No.SP ways1 220/240Vac 4.1 269601 48Vac/dc 4.3 26961Also requires OFS 26923

Auxiliary switch (OFS) A changeover switch which acts as an indicating

or control device to monitor the ON or OFF positions of an RCD

The OFS also acts as an adaptor mounted on the LHS of RCD, between the RCD and any other auxiliaries (additional OF, MX, MN, mounted on LHS of OFS). Indicates type of RCD

Cable capacity 2.5mm2

Auxiliary switch (OF) Changes main contacts to ON/OFF Test button on front face Cable capacity 2.5mm2

Width Partin 18mm No.SP ways0.5 OFS 26923Contact ratings (A): 3A at 415Vac 1A at 125Vdc 6A at 24Vdc 6A at 240Vac 2A at 48Vdc

Width Partin 18mm No.SP ways0.5 OF 26924Also requires OFS 26923

26946

26960

26923

26924

Description Part No.Padlocking bag of 2 26970Padlock + 2 keys MGPLSpare key for MGPL MGPLSK

76

AccessoriesRMG type residual current devices

Description Part No.Two piece unit for use with 2PRMG RCDs (except 100A unit) 26976Two piece unit for use with 4PRMG RCDs 26978

Description Part No.For use with 2P and 4PRMG RCDs (2 strips of 4) 26981

26978

26981

Terminal shields Two piece: completely covers terminals

(cannot be fitted to 100A 2 pole unit)

Sealable terminal screw shield Enables total isolation of the terminal screws 2P and 4P RMG RCDs only

Padlocking facility

77

EnclosuresRMG type residual current devices

Metal All insulated

Capacity in Part No.18mm SP ways3 995604 145995 14603

Capacity in Part No.18mm SP ways2 133924 133946 133968 13398 Dimensions: see page 189 For 2P RMG RCDs use 13392 For 4P RMG RCDs use 13394

Capacity in Part No.18mm SP ways4 134416 134428 1344312 13444

Lock & key 13948Sealing kit 13947Bag of membrane glands 14190 Dimensions: see page 190

14599

13394

13441

Dimensions: see page 189 For 2P RMG RCDs use 99560 For 4P RMG RCDs use 14599.

G9 enclosure IP30For a more comprehensive range of enclosures please refer to Section seven. Made from folded steel, epoxy powder coated Degree of protection: IP30 It consists of: A back plate with DIN rail A cover screwed to the back plate having 25mm knockouts top and bottom

Mini opale IP30Impact resistant, all insulated enclosure self extinguishing to 650°C. Degree of protection: IP30 It consists of: An insulated back plate with integral DlN rail A cover clipped to the back plate Four hole terminal bar (also available separately -

(1 X 16mm2 + 3 X 10mm2) Part No. 14901)

Kaedra weatherproof IP65 Degree of protection: IP65 Protection against mechanical damage IK09 Self extinguishing insulating material Flame and abnormal heat resistance 6500C,

IEC 60695-2-1 Class 2: total insulation They are supplied complete with: Built in dividable blanking plate Screwed cover with hinged transparent window 13441 - 13443 two terminal blocks 4 holes each 13444 - two terminal blocks 8 holes each Accessories: see page 131

Circuit breakers Section four

DPN MCBs, 1 - 40A 80

DPN RCBOs, 6 - 40A 81

C120 MCBs, 10 - 125A 82 - 83

C120 Vigi’s, 10 - 125A 84 - 85

DPN/C60/C120 auxiliaries 86 - 89

DPN/C60/C120 accessories 90 - 91

NG125 MCBs, 10 - 125A 92 - 98

NG125 Vigi’s, 10 - 125A 99 - 103

NG125 auxiliaries 104 - 107

NG125 accessories 108 - 109

P25M, 0.16 - 25A 110 - 111

The devices featured in Section four are not suitable formounting in the Isobar 4 Connection System

79

DPNMiniature circuit breakers 1P + switched neutralRatings 4 - 40A, breaking capacity 6kA

80

ApplicationsProtection and control of circuits against overloads and short circuits where switching of the neutral is required.

DPN type B For use in applications with general load

characteristics 2 pole switching in single pole width. Phase only

protected Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type B

magnetic setting between 3 and 5 In

Installation Panel mounting on symmetrical DIN rail in

multi-service type boards and standardenclosures

Technical data Current rating: 1 to 40A at 300C Voltage rating: 240Vac Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898, 6kA Operating cycles: Mechanical: 20,000

Electrical: 20A, 20,00025A, 15,00032A, 10,00040A, 6,000

Positive contact indication: in accordance withBS 7671

Width: 18mm Weight: 120g Cable capacity: 16mm2

Tightening torque: 2.5Nm

Accessories: see page 96Dimensions: see page172

Rating Part Width in 18mm(A) No. SP ways4 19249 16 19250 110 19252 116 19254 120 19255 125 19256 132 19257 140 19258 1

DPN type C For use in applications with moderate inrush

currents 2 pole switching in single pole width. Phase only

protected Tripping characteristics: BS EN 60898 type C

magnetic setting between 3 and 10 In

Rating Part Width in 18mm(A) No. SP ways1 19260 12 19261 14 19263 16 19264 110 19266 116 19268 120 19269 125 19270 132 19271 140 19272 1

19271

DPN RCBOCombined MCB/RCD

1P + switched neutral

81

19668

DPN comb busbar 100A/240V IEC664

2 pole switching of phase & neutral. Phase protected against overloads and short circuits

Commercial, industrial and domestic electrical distribution systems

Note: must not be used as the sole means of providing protection against direct contact (BS7671).

Technical data Nominal voltage: 110/240V Breaking capacity: 6000A Ics to BS EN 60898,

and earth leakage tested to BS EN 61009 Tripping characteristics: C curve: the magnetic

release operates between 5 and 10 In Positive contact indication of the phase

conductor: in accordance with the IEE WiringRegulations BS7671

Sensitivity: (non-adjustable) 30mA: unwanted tripping: The DPN rcbo incorporates afiltering device, preventing the risks of unwantedtripping due to transient voltages (lightning, line disturbances on other equipment and transientcurrents from high capacitive circuits)

Visual indication of trip due to earth faults AC Class Cable capacities: Tunnel terminals up to 16mm2

Weight: 190g Installation: Panel mounting on symmetrical DIN

rail in multi-service type boards and standardenclosures

Padlocking in the ON/OFF position by using Part No. MGLA or 26970

Type Width Sens. Rat. Part No.in (mA) (A)18mmSP ways

N + 1P 2 30 6 1966110 1966316 1966520 1966625 1966732 1966840 19669

N 1P

R

N 2

Comb busbarsComb busbars enable several circuit breakers to besupplied with power. The supply to the comb busbar can be connected: Directly across the circuit breaker terminals by a

16mm2 cableOR

Via 25mm2 connectors. Suitable for use with DPNMCBs and DPN vigi or combinations of both

Characteristics Current rating at 400C: 100A with a central connector 125A with two supply points

Clip-on markers Markers can be installed: On the front face (max. 6 markers) Or above the downstream terminals (max. 4

markers).

Type No. of MCBs Part no.Comb busbar1P+N 13 148801P+N 24 14890(bag of 2)25mm2 insulated 14885connector (bag of 4)

235max.13 MCBs

27

10

15

432max.24 MCBs

ApplicationProtection against the effects of earth leakage, overload and short circuit currents.

1 protected pole + switched neutral

C120H circuit breakersB, C and D curvesRatings 10 - 125A, breaking capacity 15kA

82

ApplicationsC120 MCBs provide high levels of current capacity,while maintaining a breaking capacity of 15kA.Available with a wide range of add on earth leakageand control accessories, C120H provides a physicalreplacement for the previous NC100 range of deviceswith B, C, and D type characteristics and 1 - 4 poles. Protection of cables against overloads and short

circuits in final distribution Manual control and isolation Earth leakage protection when combined with a

Vigi to BS EN 61009 Remote tripping, indication, by adding auxiliaries

common to the entire C60/C120 rangeSee page 88

Technical data Current rating: 10 - 125A Maximum voltage rating Ue: 440Vac Insulation voltage Ui: 500V Impulse withstand voltage Uimp: 6kV Complies with: BS EN 60898 and

BS EN 60947-2 Breaking capacity: BS EN 60898Type Voltage Breaking

(V) capacity Icn (A)1, 2, 3, and 4P 230 - 400 15000

Breaking capacity: BS EN 60947-2Type Voltage Breaking

(V) capacity Icu (A)1P 130 30000

230 - 240 15000400 - 415 4500 (1)

2, 3 and 4P 230 - 240 30000400 - 415 15000440 10000

(1) Breaking capacity under 1 pole with IT isolatedneutral system (case of double fault).

Service breaking capacity: Ics = 50% Icu Positive contact indication Fast closing ensures simultaneous closing of

poles Electrical durability: ≤63A: 10,000 cycles (O-C) 80 - 125A: 5,000 cycles (O-C) Limitation class: 3 Mechanical durability: 20,000 cycles (O-C) Weight:Pole Grams1 2052 4103 6154 820

Connection: Flexible cables: 1.5 - 35mm2

Rigid cables: 1 - 50mm2

Tightening torque: 3.5Nm Terminals ensure: Degree of protection IP2X Clamping of wide cross section cables Automatic guiding of cable into the correct

position Markers: 4 marker clips next to the upstream terminal Label holder on handle (2, 3 and 4 pole) Degree of pollution: 3

1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type B C120H miniature circuit breakers

1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type C C120H miniature circuit breakers

1, 2, 3 and 4 pole Type D C120H miniature circuit breakers

C120H circuit breakersB, C and D curves

Ratings 10 - 125A, breaking capacity 15kA

83

B curve Applications:

Protection andcontrol of circuitsagainst overloadsand short circuits inapplications withgeneral loadcharacteristics

Trippingcharacteristics:BS EN 60898 Type B. Magneticsetting between 3and 5 In

Note: These products are not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection system.



Ratings 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in(A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm

SP ways SP ways SP ways SP ways101620253240506380100125

C120H Type B curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s

1839418395183961839718398183991840018401184021840318404

1.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.5

1842718428184291843018431184321843318434184351843618437

66666666666

1840518406184071840818409184101841118412184131841418415

33333333333

1841618417184181841918420184211842218423184241842518426

4.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.5

C curve Applications:

Protection andcontrol of circuitsagainst overloadsand short circuits inapplications withmoderate inrushcurrents

Trippingcharacteristics:BS EN 60898 Type C. Magneticsetting between 5and 10 In



C120H Type C curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s

1843818439184401844118442184431844418445184461844718448

1.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.5

1847118472184731847418475184761847718478184791848018481

66666666666

1844918450184511845218453184541845518456184571845818459

33333333333

1846018461184621846318464184651846618467184681846918470

4.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.5

D curve Applications:

Protection andcontrol of circuitsagainst overloadsand short circuits inapplications withhigh inrush currents

Trippingcharacteristics:BS EN 60898 Type D. Magneticsetting between 10and 14 In



C120H Type D curve miniature circuit breaker Part No’s

1848218483184841848518486184871848818489184901849118492

1.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.5

1851518516185171851818519185201852118522185231852418525

66666666666

1849318494184951849618497184981849918500185011850218503

33333333333

1850418505185061850718508185091851018511185121851318514

4.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.5

1

2

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Vigi C120 modulesAdd on residual current devices for use with C120 MCBsStandard and si type, BS EN 61009-IEC 60497.2 appendix B

84

Common technical data The Vigi C120 module incorporates the residual

current relay and toroid in a case. Its earth leakage module is electro-mechanical. It functionswithout an auxiliary power supply source and thushas a very wide operating range

Protected against nuisance tripping due to transient overvoltages (lightning strike, switchgearswitching on the network, etc.)

Breaking and making capacity upon short circuitis equal to the breaking capacity of the circuitbreaker

Instantaneous or selective s trip units Reinforced electromagnetic compatibility

Technical data for standard type AC class: standard, 50 - 60Hz 8/20ms impulse withstand: Instantaneous: 250A peak Selective: 3kA peak Impulse withstand: Instantaneous: 3kA peak Selective: 5kA peak Remote tripping: possible using an MX or MN

release on circuit breaker Connection: Identical to C120 circuit breakers: Flexible cables: 1.5 - 35mm2

Rigid cables: 1 - 50mm22

Tightening torque: 3.5Nm Width of C120 residual current device + Vigi

module: (in number of 18mm SP ways)

2P 3P 4P6.5 (3+3.5) 9.5 (4.5+5) 11 (6+5)

Weight (g):

2P 3P 4P325 500 580

Fault indication by means of a red strip on theresetting handle

Resetting the Vigi module, at user's convenience:

Either using the circuit breaker handle Or independently of the circuit breaker Test button on front face for local operation check

Common function

The protection of electrical installations against earth faults

The protection of persons against indirect contact:medium sensitivities (300, 500, 1000mA)

Supplementary protection of persons against accidental direct contact: high sensitivity (30mA)

The C120 residual current device complies with BS EN 61009. It is equipped with a locating devicethat ensures the correct rating and number of poles.

The technical data of C120 circuit breakers whencombined with Vigi modules remain unchanged andthe circuit breakers remain compatible with indicationor control auxiliaries.

Trip sensitivity AC class

Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents whether they are quickly applied or rise slowly

A classA class: ensures tripping with a DC component current. Tripped by sinusoidal AC currents as well as by pulsed DC currents whether they are quickly applied or rise slowly

Trip typeInstantaneousProvides a trip upon reaching threshold (no intentionaltime delay).

Selective sProvides discrimination with down stream device byintroducing an intentional time delay. Down streamdevice must be instantaneous with a sensitivity of 1/2the upstream device.

siProvides continuity of supply on circuits with a disturbed supply network. Used where there is a highrisk of nuisance tripping due to: Lightning strikes IT earthing systems Switched electronic ballastsDesensitised by: Harmonics or high frequencies DC components

Combination of earth leakage moduleswith circuit breakers

C120 circuit breaker Vigi C120 module C120 residual current device

+ =

T

Vigi C120 modulesAdd on residual current devices for use with C120 MCBs

AC, A, si class, BS EN 61009

85

1 3

2 4

T1 3 5

2 4 6

T1 3 5 7

2 4 6 8

18563 18546 18549

Sens. 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in(mA) 18mm 18mm 18mm

SP ways SP ways SP ways30300300 s5001000 s

Class AC, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V

1856318564185441856518545

3.53.53.53.53.5

1856618567185461856818547

55555

1856918570185481857118549

55555

18572

2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices

18584 18589


SP ways SP ways SP ways30300300 s500500 s1000 s

Class A, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V

185721857318581185741858218583

3.53.53.53.53.53.5

185751857618584185771858518586

555555

185781857918587185801858818589

555555

18591 18558 18561


SP ways SP ways SP ways30300300 s5001000 s

Class si, C120 Vigi module. 230 - 415V

1859118592185561859318557

3.53.53.53.53.5

1859418595185581859618559

55555

1859718598185601859918561

55555

Electrical auxiliariesFor DPN, C60 and C120

86

ApplicationsThe TM unit provides remote control of C60 and C120 circuit breakers via an electrical signal. For security or energy management, TM can be used to controllighting motors or heating.

For the remote control and status indication of DPN, C60 or C120 MCBs.

They are mounted to the left of the circuit breakerwithin a maximum width of 54mm

Fixed using clips (no tools) onto the left side of the circuit breaker Compatible with Vigi modules (fitted to the right side) A maximum of 3 indication auxiliaries on the same circuit breaker A maximum of 2 changeover auxiliaries (OF+SD/OF) on the same

circuit breaker A maximum of 2 tripping auxiliaries (MX + OF or MN) on the same

circuit breaker A maximum of 1 tripping auxiliary (MN s or MNx or MSU) on the same

circuit breaker

++++++

OF+SD/OFauxiliarycontact

OFauxiliarycontact

SDfault

indicationswitch

MN s , MNx or MSUauxiliary

MX + OF or MNauxiliary

TMremote control

Circuitbreaker

TM remote controlsFor C60 and C120

87

Tm modules allow: Remote control of C60/C120 circuit breakers (with

or without a Vigi module)via a latched order Circuit breaker resetting after tripping, while

respecting safety rules and regulations in force A disconnection selector switch placed on the

front panel is used to: Disconnect the remote control Lock the remote controlled circuit breaker in the

"open" position (7 mm Ø padlock not supplied) A mechanical indicator shows the "open" or

"closed"status of the Tm remote control Reclosing after a fault: Must be carried out in manual mode,locally after

search and clearance of the fault To enable manual and local resetting, an SD

auxiliary switch (cat.no.26927),cabled in series inthe control line of the Tm to module, prevent automatic remote reclosing

Remote reclosing is possible provided regulationsare complied with:resetting takes place by opening the control circuit for more than 1.5s

Technical data Control voltage (Uc): 230Vac (-15% +10%) Frequency: 50 - 60Hz Consumption: Inrush: -Tm C60:28VA, -Tm C120:35VA Holding: 2VA Insensitive to brownouts: 0.45s Undervoltage behaviour: >0.45s,mechanical opening of poles Reclosing 2s after power is restored Number of cycles (O-C)at 40°C: Tm +C60:20 000 Tm +C120 (63A):10 000 Tm +C120 (80 - 125A): 5 000 Opening time by Tm: 0.5s Closing time by Tm: 2s

Connection Using tunnel terminals: 1 x 6mm2 cable 2 x 1.5mm2 or 2.5mm2 cables

Weight 1 - 2P: 300g 3 - 4P: 310g

Possible Voltage Part No. Width incombinations (V) 18mm SP

waysC60 1 - 2P 230 18310 3.5C120 1 - 2P 230 18312 3.5

Possible Voltage Part No. Width incombinations (V) 18mm SP

waysC60 3 - 4P 230 18311 3.5

MX

MN

SD

OF

auto

230V ~

A2

A1

MX

MN

SD

OF

auto

230V ~

A2

A1

18310

18311

U>


88

MN (under voltage release)Instantaneous Control Part No. Width in

voltage 18mm SP(Vac) (Vdc) ways220 - 240 26960 148 48 26961 1115 (400Hz) 26959 1220 - 240 Delayed s 26963 2Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is removed.

MNx emergency stopPh + N Control Part No. Width in

voltage 18mm SP(Vac) ways230 26969 2230 26977 2*400 26991 2*400 26971 2

MX shunt releaseControl Part No. Width involtage 18mm SP (Vac) (Vdc) ways110 - 415 110 - 130 26476 148 48 26477 112/24 12/24 26478 1

U>

14 12 C2 C1

U<

E1 E2 N L

U>>

N L

U<

D1 D2

26946

26476

26979

26963

26969

* For use with C60 only.Disconnects the MCB when the normally closed pushbutton contact is opened. Does not trip in the event ofpower supply failure.

MX + OF (shunt release and auxiliary contact)Control Part No. Width involtage 18mm SP(Vac) (Vdc) ways110 - 415 110 - 130 26946 148 48 26947 112/24 12/24 26948 1Disconnects the MCB when a voltage is applied. Indication of tripping and fitted with changeover contact for indication and self breaks control circuit allowing it to remain energised.

MSU (voltage threshold release)1P + N Control Part No. Width in

voltage 18mm SP(Vac) ways220 - 240 tripping at 255V 26979 2*220 - 240 tripping at 275V 26479 2*

C1C2


89

SD fault indicating switchPart No. Width in

18mm SPways

26927 0.5


OF auxiliary contactPart No. Width in

18mm SPways

26924 0.5


OF + SD/OF selector switchPart No. Width involtage 18mm SP

ways26929 0.5

94 92 91

24 22 2192 94 91

14 12 11

26927

26924

26929

Auxiliary contactchanges when devicetrips, with front faceindication.

Auxiliary contactchanges with maincontacts (ON/OFF)with test button onfront face.

Auxiliary contact andselectable auxiliary orfault contact with frontface indication.

AccessoriesFor C60 and C120

90

Padlocking facilityBreaker Quantity Part No.C60 Pack of 5 MGLAC120 Pack of 2 27145

Screw shieldBreaker Quantity Part No.C60 Sealable and dividable

2 strips of 4 26981C60 vigi 1P shields pack of 20 26982C120 Sealable and dividable

2 strips of 4 18527

Terminal shieldBreaker Pole Part No.C60 1 26975

2 269763 269754 26976 + 26978

C120 1 185262 2 x 185263 3 x 185264 4 x 18526

Insulated sub distribution terminalBreaker Quantity Part No.C60/C120 Pack of 4 19091For 3 x cables up to 16mm2 each.

Aluminium cable terminalBreaker Quantity Part No.C60/C120 Pack of 1 27060For cables 16 - 50mm2.

26970

18527

18526

27060

19091

AccessoriesFor C60 and C120

91

Screw connectionBreaker Quantity Part No.C60/C120 Pack of 8 27053

Rear connection terminal with interpole barrierBreaker Quantity Part No.C60/C120 Pack of 2 18528

Inter-pole barrierBreaker Quantity Part No.C60/C120 Pack of 10 27001

SpacerBreaker Width Part No.C60/C120 9mm 27062

Label holderBreaker Quantity Part No.C120 Pack of 10

replacements 27150

Replacement wire cover for vigiblocBreaker Pole Part No.C60 2 26483Pack of 5 3 26484replacements 4 26485

18528

27062

27001

26483

Marking accessoriesThese clip-on markers allow identification of MCBs and RCDs

27017

Circuit breakersStandard Number Rating Type Curves Magnetic Breaking capacity at 415V

of poles (A) threshold (kA)In 16 25 36 50

BS EN 60947-2 1, 2 10 - 80 NG125N C 8

3, 4 10 - 125 NG125N C 8

3, 4 80 - 125 NG125N B 4

3, 4 80 - 125 NG125N D 12

1, 2, 3, 4 10 - 80 NG125H C 8

2, 3 1.6 - 80 NG125LMA MA 12

NG125 circuit breakersSelection

92

Earth leakage modules for trip free circuit breakers and switch disconnectorsStandard Number Rating Vigi Sensitivity Instantaneous

of poles In at 400C type (mA) Instantaneous or selective s(A) Instantaneous Selective s or selective or delayed 150ms

BS EN 60947-2 2, 3, 4 63 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000-3000300 300 with fault threshold

1000 indication (1)3 125 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000 300-500-1000-3000

with fault threshold indication

4 125 Vigi NG125 30 300-500-1000 300-500-1000-3000300 with fault threshold

indication

Trip free switch disconnectorStandard Number Rating Type

of polesBS EN 60947-3 3, 4 80, 100, 125 NG125NA

(1) Only in 3P and 4P.

Note: This product is not suitable for use with Isobar 4 connection systems.

NG125 circuit breakersSelection

93

Choice of circuit breakersType NG125N NG125H NG125LMA

Impulse voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8

Insulation voltage Ui (V) 690 690 690

Maximum voltage rating Ue (V) 500 500 500

Number of poles 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 – 2, 3

Breaking Icu AC 110 - 130V 50 – 70 – – –

capacity 220 - 240V 25 50 36 70 – 100

(kA) 380 - 415V 6 25 9 36 – 50

IEC 947.2 440V – 20 30 – 40

500V – 10 – 12 – 15

DC 60V 25 – 36 – – –

125V – 25 (2P) – 36 (2P) – –

250V – 25 (4P) – 36 (4P) – –

500V – – – – – –

Ics AC 75% Icu 75% Icu 75% Icu

DC 100% Icu 100% Icu 100% Icu

Tripping B curve 40°C 80 - 125 –

curves C curve 40°C 10 - 80 10 - 125 10 - 80 10 - 80

/ratings (A) D curve 40°C 80 - 125 –

MA curve 40°C – – 1.6 - 80

Fast closing

Positive break indication

Auxiliaries

Degree of pollution 3

18668

NG125 switch disconnectorsBS EN 60947-3

94

ApplicationsThe NG125NA is a trip free switch disconnector for on load opening and closing.

This modular device has the same auxiliary functions and accessories asthe NG125 circuit breaker. Vigi NG125 module for earth leakage protection OF + SD auxiliary contact MX or MN releases Various connection types (80, 100 and 125A

ratings) Rotary handle.This modular device has the same

auxiliary

Common technical data Ratings: 63 - 125A Maximum voltage rating Ue: 500Vac Performance as in BS EN 60947.3 Short time withstand current (50ms) Icw:

1.5kA Maximum making capacity: see co-ordination

tables Maximum insulation voltage Ui: 690V Impulse voltage Uimp: 8kV Electrical durability:Voltage Category 63/80A 100/125A500Vac AC22B 1500 1000440Vac AC22B 1500 1000415Vac AC22A-AC23B 1500 1000125Vdc DC22A 1500 1000(2P series)250Vdc DC22A 1500 1000(4P series)

Isolation with positive contact indication Built-in padlocking facility Weight (g):Type 3P 4P

720 960

Compatible with Pragma or Prisma G or Pmodular enclosures

Connection: tunnel terminals for flexible and rigidcopper cables up to 70 mm2

3PMaximum Part No. Width inrating 18mm SP(A) ways63 18889 4.580 18890 4.5100 18891 4.5125 18892 4.5

4PMaximum Part No. Width inrating 18mm SP(A) ways63 18893 680 18894 6100 18895 6125 18896 6

1 3 5

2 4 6

1 3 5

2 4 6

7

8

18891


NG125N circuit breakersB, C and D curves

BS EN 60947-2: 25kA

95

ApplicationsThis circuit breaker is specially designed for functions requiring a high breakingcapacity (up to 25kA): modular enclosure incomer, main incomer in sub-distributionswitchboards, outgoer, protection of loads directly supplied by a power switchboard.

Common technical data Rating: 10 - 125A Reference temperature: 40°C Uimp: 8kV Ui: 690V Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2:Type Voltage Breaking capacity

(Vac) (A)1P 220 - 240 250001P 380 - 415 6000 (1)2, 3, 4P 380 - 415 25000(1) 1 pole breaking capacity in the IT isolated neutralsystem (double fault).

Isolation with positive contact indication 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed Built-in padlocking facility on 3P and 4P Fault display on front face by: Fault indicator Position of toggle: tripped Test button to check proper operation of the

tripping mechanism Fast closing Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2

(relative humidity: 95% at 55°C) Weight (g):Type 1P 2P 3P 4P

240 480 720 960

Compatible with loose enclosures, refer to Section 6

Degree of protection: IP20B (IP40D for the partoutside the enclosure)

Connection: ≤ 63A ratings: tunnel terminals for 1.5 - 50mm2

copper cables 80 - 125A ratings: tunnel terminals for

16 - 70mm2 copper cables Aluminium cables, copper cables with lug or

busbar (see connection accessories) On 3P and 4P: upstream voltage connection on

each pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliarycircuit supply

B curve The magnetic trip units operate at 4 In ± 20%

C curve The magnetic trip units operate at 8 In ± 20%

D curve The magnetic trip units operate at 12 In ± 20%

NG125N circuit breakersB, C and D curves BS EN 60947-2: 25kARatings 10 - 125A

96

18664

Rating 3P Width in 4P Width in(A) 18mm 18mm

SP ways SP ways80100125

B curve NG125N

186631866418665

4.54.54.5

186661866718668

666

18669

Rating 3P Width in 4P Width in(A) 18mm 18mm

SP ways SP ways80100125

D curve NG125N

186691867018671

4.54.54.5

186721867318674

666

18610

Rating 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in(A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm


C curve NG125N

186101861118612186131861418615186161861718618

1.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.5

186211862218623186241862518626186271862818629

333333333

4.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.5

1864918650186511865218653186541865518656186581866018662

66666666666

1863218633186341863518636186371863818639186401864218644

1 pole devices 2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices

1

2

1 3

2 4

1 3 5

2 4 6

1 3 5

2 4 6

7

8


NG125H circuit breakersC curve BS EN 60947-2: 36kA

Ratings 10 - 125A

97

ApplicationsThis circuit breaker is specially designed for functions requiring a high breakingcapacity (up to 36kA): main incomer in sub-distribution switchboards; outgoer, protection of loads directly supplied by a power switchboard.

Common technical data Rating: 10 - 80A Reference temperature: 40°C Uimp: 8kV Ui: 690V Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2:Type Voltage Breaking capacity

(Vac) (A)1P 220 - 240 360001P 380 - 415 9000 (1)2, 3, 4P 380 - 415 36000(1) 1 pole breaking capacity in IT isolated neutral systems (double fault).

Isolation with positive break indication 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed Built-in padlocking facility on 3P and 4P Fault display on front face by: Fault indicator Position of toggle: tripped Test button to check proper operation of the

tripping mechanism Fast closing Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2

(relative humidity: 95% at 55°C)

Weight (g):Type 1P 2P 3P 4P

240 480 720 960




copper cables 80A rating: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm2

copper cables Connection of aluminium cables, copper cables

with lug or busbar for 3P and 4P (see connectionaccessories)

Upstream voltage connection on each pole, by6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuit supply

C curve The magnetic trip units operate at 8 In ± 20%

18705

187051870618707187081870918710187111871218713

1.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.51.5

187141871518716187171871818719187201872118722

333333333

Rating 1P Width in 2P Width in 3P Width in 4P Width in(A) 18mm 18mm 18mm 18mm


C curve NG125H

4.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.5

187321873318734187351873618737187381873918740

666666666

187231872418725187261872718728187291873018731

1 pole devices 2 pole devices 3 pole devices 4 pole devices

1

2

1 3

2 4

1 3 5

2 4 6

1 3 5

2 4 6

7

8


NG125 circuit breakersMA curve (magnetic trip)BS EN 60947-2: 50kA

98

ApplicationsThe NG125LMA circuit breakers are designed to protect motor supply circuits(cables and starters) against short circuit current. These devices can be used inconjunction with Telemecanique overload relays to achieve total motor protection.

Common technical data Trip units: 1.4 - 80A Reference temperature: 40°C Uimp: 8kV Ui: 690V Maximum voltage rating: 500Vac Breaking capacity: as in BS EN 60947-2:Type Voltage Breaking capacity

(V) (A)2, 3P 380 - 415 50000

Isolation with positive contact indication 3 position toggle: open-tripped-closed Built-in padlocking facility on 3P Fault display on front face by: Fault indicator Position of toggle: tripped Test button to check proper operation of the

tripping mechanism Fast closing

Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles at In Tropicalisation as in IEC 68.1: treatment 2

(relative humidity: 95% at 55°C) Weight (g):Type 2P 3P

480 720



Connection: Trip units up to MA63: tunnel terminals for

1.5 - 50mm2 copper cables MA80 trip units: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm2

copper cables On 3P, upstream voltage connection on each

pole, by 6.35mm Fast on lugs, for auxiliary circuitsupply

MA curve The magnetic trip units operate at 12 In ± 20%

18868

Rating In Trip unit Magn. Im 2P Width in 3P Width in(A) (A) 18mm 18mm

SP ways SP ways4 MA4 506.3 MA6.3 7510 MA10 12012.5 MA12.5 15016 MA16 19025 MA25 30040 MA40 48063 MA63 75080 MA80 960

MA curve NG125N

188681886918870188711887218873188741887518876

333333333

188791888018881188821888318884188851888618887

4.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.54.5

2 pole devices 3 pole devices

1 3

2 4

1 3 5

2 4 6


NG125 VigiSelection

99

Vigi module A class 10 - 63A 80 - 125APole Page Pole Page

Adjustable 300, 500, 1000mA 3P, 4P 111

instantaneous, selective s

300, 500, 1000, 3000mA 3P, 4P 111 3P, 4P 111

instantaneous, selective, delayed

Non adjustable 30mA 2P, 3P, 4P 109 3P, 4P 109

300mA 2P, 3P, 4P 111 4P 111

300mA selective s 2P, 3P, 4P 111

1000mA selective s 2P, 3P, 4P 111

Vigi module AC class 10 - 63APole Page

Non adjustable 30mA 2P, 3P, 4P 108

300mA 2P, 3P, 4P 110

Vigi module si class 80 - 125APole Page

Adjustable 300, 500, 1000, 3000mA 3P, 4P 111

instantaneous, selective, delayed

Non adjustable 30mA 3P, 4P 109

1904918668

NG125 high sensitivity Vigi30mA instantaneous, BS EN 61008AC class

100

ApplicationsCombined with an NG125 MCB, vigi units provide protection against indirect andsupplementary protection against contact with live parts.

Technical data Class AC: Sensitive to sinusoidal AC currents

whether instantaneous or slowly rising fault Class A: Sensitive to DC component sinusoidal

AC or pulsed DC current whether instantaneousor slowly rising fault

Incorporates in a single case: The residual current relay The toroid Connection to the circuit breaker by rigid links

(compact size) insulated by a shield (supplied) (degree of protection IP40D)

Earth fault display on the front face of the Vigimodule by reset handle

Voltage rating: 230 - 415Vac Frequency: 50/60Hz Uimp: 8kV Ui: 690V Protection against nuisance tripping due to

transient overvoltages (lightning, switchgearswitching on the network, etc.)

Tripping by direct mechanical action on the circuitbreaker

Rated current: 63A or 125A with locatingdevice:

63A for < 63A circuit breakers 125A for 80, 100 and 125A circuit breakers Auxiliaries that can be plugged onto Vigi

125A: Remote tripping by MXV shunt trip Remote indication of earth fault trip by SDV

auxiliary switch Weight (g) of Vigi only:Type 2P 3P 4P5 mod. 250 — —9 mod. — 410 45011 mod. — 750 800


copper cables 80 - 125A ratings: tunnel terminals for 16 - 70mm2

copper cables Aluminium cables, copper cables with lug (see

connection accessories)

Class AC ~2P Sensitivity I Max. Part No. Width in

(mA) (A) 18mm SPways

30 63 19000 2.5

T1 3

2 4

4P Sensitivity I Max. Part No. Width in(mA) (A) 18mm SP

ways30 63 19004 4.5

3P Sensitivity I Max. Part No. Width in(mA) (A) 18mm SP

ways30 63 19002 4.5

T1 3 5

2 4 6

T1 3 5 7

2 4 6 8

NG125 high sensitivity Vigi30mA instantaneous, BS EN 61008

A class

101

Class A2P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in

(A) (mA) 18mm SPways

63 30 19008 (1) 2.5(1) Voltage rating: 110 - 220Vac.

T1 3

2 4

4P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in(A) (mA) 18mm SP

ways63 30 19015 4.5125 30 19041 5.5


ways63 30 19013 4.5125 30 19039 5.5

T1 3 5

2 4 6

T1 3 5 7

2 4 6 8

Class A si type3P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in


125 30 19100 5.5T

1 3 5

2 4 6


ways125 30 19101 5.5

T1 3 5 6

2 4 6 8

19010

NG125 sensitivity VigiInstantaneous, selective, time delayed (300 - 300mA)BS EN 61008 AC class

102

Specific technical data of the adjustablevigi I∆n sensitivity adjustable by index: 300, 500,

1000, 3000mA Adjustable tripping time: Instantaneous Selective: 60ms Delayed: 150ms Leakage current indication on 3P and 4P 300 -

3000 I/S/D : On the front face by LED Remotely, by 250V - 1A (low level) volt free NO

contact, connected by 2 x 1.5 mm2 plateterminal

Threshold setting by potentiometer from 10 - 50%of I∆n

Disconnection essential for dielectric testing bybuilt-in pushbutton

Auxiliaries plugged onto 125A and 63A Vigi I/S/D Remote tripping by MXV shunt trip Remote indication of earth fault trip by SDV

auxiliary switch Weight (g) of Vigi only:Type 2P 3P 4P5 mod. 250 — —9 mod. — 410 45011 mod. — 750 800

Class AC ~2P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in


63 300 19001 2.5

T1 3

2 4


ways63 300 19003 4.5

T1 3 5

2 4 6


ways63 300 19005 4.5

T1 3 5 7

2 4 6 8

Class AC: Sensitive to sinusoidal AC currentswhether instantaneous or slowly rising fault

Class A: Sensitive to DC component sinusoidalAC or pulsed DC current whether instantaneousor slowly rising fault

Selective s : Provides discrimination with downstream device by introducing an intentional timedelay. Down stream device must beinstantaneous and 1/2 ∆In sensitivity

Si: Provides continuity of supply on circuits withdisturbed supply network i.e. areas with high riskof nuisance tripping

Incorporates in a single case: The residual current relay The toroid Connection to the circuit breaker by rigid links

(compact size) insulated by a shield (supplied) Earth fault display: On the front face of the Vigi by reset handle Protection against nuisance tripping due to

transient overvoltages (lightning, switchgearswitching on the network, etc.)

Rated current: 63 or 125A with locating device: 63A: for 63A circuit breakers 125A: for 80 - 100 - 125A circuit breakers Frequency: 50/60Hz

NG125 medium sensitivity VigiInstantaneous, selective, time delayed (300 - 300mA)

BS EN 61008 A class

103


ways63 300 19016 4.5

300 s 19034 4.51000 s 19035 4.5300 - 3000 I/S/D 19037 5.5300 - 3000 I/S/D 19054 (2) 5.5

125 300 19042 5.5300 - 1000 I/S 19046 5.5300 - 3000 I/S/D 19049 5.5300 - 3000 I/S/D 19056 (2) 5.5

(2) Voltage rating: 440/415Vac, without early warning function.

T1 3 5 7

2 4 6 8

Class A2P I Max. Sensitivity Part No. Width in


63 300 19012 2.5300 19009 (1) 2.5300 s 19030 2.51000 s 19031 2.5

(1) Voltage rating: 110 - 220Vac.

T1 3

2 4


ways63 300 19014 4.5

300 s 19032 4.51000 s 19033 4.5300 - 3000 I/S/D 19036 5.5300 - 3000 I/S/D 19053 (2) 5.5

125 300 - 1000 I/S 19044 5.5300 - 3000 I/S/D 19047 5.5300 - 3000 I/S/D 19055 (2) 5.5

(2) Voltage rating: 440/415Vac, without early warning function.

T1 3 5

2 4 6


ways125 300 - 3000 I/S/R 19107 5.5T

1 3 5 7

2 4 6 8

Class A si type


ways125 300 - 3000 I/S/R 19106 5.5

T1 3 5

2 4 6

19049

NG125 and NG125 VigiElectrical auxiliaries

104

Applications

MX+OF, MXV shunt tripTrips the circuit breaker or Vigi (MXV) when a voltageis applied.

MN, MN undervoltage releaseTrips the circuit breaker when the voltage is disconnected.

Delayed MN s undervoltage releaseProvides delayed tripping of the circuit breaker towhich it is attached.

OF+SD, OF+OF, SDV auxiliary contactsRemotely indicates: The "open" or "closed" position (OF) A fault on the circuit breaker (SD) or Vigi module

(SDV)

Early warning This function is performed by light indication and

fault free contact Built in adjustable Vigi modules, 300 - 3000mA, of

the I/S/R/ type from 230 - 415Vac

Common technical data Complies with standard: BS EN 60947-5-1 (MX + OF, OF + SD, OF + OF

and SDV) BS EN 6094712 (MN, MN s , MX and MXV) Electrical durability: 10,000 cycles (AC 15): Ui: class 2 insulation : 690V Uimp: 8kV Degree of pollution: 3

Technical data for circuit breaker auxiliaries

OF+OF Auxiliary contact changes with main contacts

(ON/OFF)

OF+SD Fault indicating switch changes when main

contacts trip

MX+OF Shunt releases Tripping: on energisation Equipped with a contact allowing self breaking

MN Undervoltage release Tripping and opening of the associated circuit

breaker: if supply voltage drops between 70 and35%

Reclosing: forbidden if supply voltage is notrestored (e.g.: emergency stop by pushbutton)

MN s delayed undervoltage release Allows a 0.25 second time delay on brownout or

voltage drop

Technical data for Vigi module auxiliaries Can be added to: All types of 125A Vigi module 63A 300 - 3000 I/S/D Vigi module SDV Fault indicating switch

MXV Shunt releases Tripping: on energisation Equipped with a contact allowing self breaking Impulse withstand: 6kV High impedance input: use an ACTp if leakage

current is greater than 1mA see page 55

MNx Undervoltage release unaffected by power cuts

Connection: plate terminal for: 1 or 2 flexible or rigid 2.5mm2 cables 2 x 2.5mm2 uninsulated cable ends 2 x 1.5mm2 insulated cable ends 2 x 1.5mm2 fork lugs

NG125 with residual current circuit breaker or device


105

Auxiliaries for circuit breakerOF + OF Voltage Part No. Width in

(Vac) 18mm SPways

220 - 240 (6A) 190710.5

Fault indicating switchOF + SD Voltage Part No. Width in

(Vac) 18mm SPways

220 - 240 (6A) 190720.5

OF+OF or OF+SD Voltage Part No. Width in(Vac) 18mm SP

ways240 (6A) 19073 0.5

Shunt tripMX + OF Voltage Part No. Width in

(Vac) (Vdc) 18mm SPways

230 - 415 110 - 130 19064 148 - 130 48 19065 124 24 19066 1

U>

21 22 24

11 12 14

95 98 96

11 12 14

21 22 2495 98 96

11

1412 C2 C1

12 14

19071

19072

19073

19064


106

Undervoltage releaseMN Voltage Part No. Width in

(Vac) (Vdc) 18mm SPways

220 - 240 19067 148 19069 1

48 19070 1

Undervoltage release with 0.5s time delayMN s Voltage Part No. Width in

(Vac) 18mm SPways

230 - 240 19068 2

U>

U>

D1 D2

D1 D2

Auxiliary contacts for Vigi moduleSDV Voltage Part No. Width in

(Vac) 18mm SPways

NO 250 (0.1 - 2A) 19058 -NC 250 (0.1 - 2A) 19059 -

Shunt trip for Vigi moduleMXV Voltage Part No. Width in

(Vac) 18mm SPways

110 - 240 19060 -

Note: High impedance output (use an ACTP Cat. No. 15919, if the leakage current of the control device is greater than 1mA).

U>

11 12 13 14

M1 M2

19067

19068

19058

19060

Distribloc125A splitters

107

ApplicationsDistribloc is a fully insulated four pole modular splitters.Connection by screw terminals or spring terminals.

Technical data Rated insulation voltage: 690V Permissible peak current: Ipk = 20kA Complies with the low voltage switchgear

standard: BS EN 60947-7-1 Rated current at 40°C: 125A Installation: Clipped onto a symmetrical rail Fits onto a row next to other modular device:

- 45mm nose- 12 mod. of 9mm

Can be screwed onto a plain or mounting grid

Connection Incomer: Tunnel terminal for 35mm2 flexible or rigid cables Optional factory built link for NG125

(Part No.07054) Outgoer in spring terminals: Minimum cross section: 1mm2

Simplifies rebalancing of phases and extensions Unaffected by temperature variations Spring contact pressure automatically adapted to

conductor cross section A single cable without metal end per spring:

- by flexible cables: 2 x 10mm2 + 3 x 6mm2 +7 x 4 mm2

- by rigid cables: 2 x 16mm2 + 3 x 6mm2 +7 x 4mm2

Outgoer in screw terminals: 1x16mm2 or 25mm2

flexible or rigid cables

DistriblocType Part No. Width in

18mm SPways

Distribloc 125A 07105 6Set of 4 125Aflexible links 07054 -

Distribloc 125

NG125 and NG125 VigiAccessories

108

ApplicationsThe following NG125 accessories can be used to increase flexibility and simplifyinstallation.

Screw shield Prevents contact with device terminal screws Protection against direct contact: IP40D: on the front face IP20B: at connection level Optional sealing terminal shield for circuit breaker

Terminal shield Installation: mounted upstream and downstream

of the circuit breaker/vigi Phase-to-phase insulation voltage Ui = 1000V Protection against direct contact: IP40D Class II in metal or plastic enclosures (up to

440V) Optional sealing terminal shield for residual

current device

Tunnel terminals for copper cables Cable cross section: For 63A ratings:

- flexible cable: 1 - 35mm2

- rigid cable: 1.5 - 50mm2

For 80-100-125A ratings:- flexible cable: 10 - 50mm2

- rigid cable: 16 - 70mm2

Tightening torque and tool type: For ≤ 63A ratings: 3.5Nm with 6.5mm flat

screwdriver or PZ N°. 2 (Pozidrive recessed headscrew)

For 80-100-125A ratings: 6Nm with 4mm Allenwrench (hexagon socket screw)

Degree of protection: IP20B

Extended rotary handle Installation: front 3 & 4 pole devices Utilisation: circuit breaker control from outside

the enclosure Retains isolation/padlocking in the O position (3

padlocks) IP55 3 positions Door interlocking: opening possible in O position

only direct rotary handle

Padlocking accessory Enables padlocking (in l or O position) of 1P

or 2P NG125 circuit breakers: In l position of 3P or 4P NG125 circuit breakers

Note: the 3P/4P NG125 circuit breakers arefactory designed for padlocking in the O position(isolated)

Padlock: Ø 5 - 8mm (not supplied)

Insulated sub-distribution terminal Holes for 3 cables: 16mm2 rigid cables 10mm2 flexible cables

Copper cable sub-distribution terminals Cable cross section for all ratings (circuit

breaker only): Flexible cable: 1 - 10mm2

Rigid cable: 1.5 - 16mm2

With ends: up to 4mm2 inclusive Tightening torque and tool type: 2Nm with

5.5mm flat screwdriver or PZ N°. 1 (Pozidriverecessed head screw)

Phase-to-phase insulation voltage: Ui = 1000V

Matching terminals for 70mm2

aluminium cables Cable cross section for 80,100 and 125A ratings:

25 - 70mm2

Tightening torque and tool type: 6Nm with 4mmAllen wrench (hexagon socket screw)

Screws and nutsfor lug and bar connection Installation: upstream or downstream Connection of 80, 100 and 125A ratings: copper lug:

- flexible cable up to 35mm2

- rigid cable up to 50mm2

Bars: 16x3mm, 15x4mm Lugs with small eyelet hole Tightening torque and tool type: 6Nm with Allen

4mm wrench (M6 screw) Phase-to-phase insulation voltage: Ui = 1000V

Cable lugs Connection of 80, 100 and 125A ratings: Flexible copper cable: 50mm2

Rigid copper cable: 70mm2

Comb busbar Utilisation: for NG125 circuit breaker up to 63A direct supply by circuit breaker terminal (50mm2

max. rigid cable) Tooth shield available for unused teeth Length (dividable): 16 modules of 27mm,

i.e. 48 modules of 9mm 125A max. upstream Insulation voltage: 690V Uimp: 8kV Degree of protection when used with

tooth-shield ends: IPXXB

Rotary handle

NG125 and NG125 VigiAccessories

109

Screw shield for circuit breakerPack of 10 Type Part No.

1P 190842P 190853P 190864P 19087

Terminal shield for circuit breakerPair Type Part No.

1P 190802P 190813P 190824P 19083

Insulated sub-distribution terminalType Part No.Pack of 4 19091

Screws and nuts for lug or bar connectionPart No.

Pack of 4 19093

Cable lugsType Part No.Pack of 4 19094

Matching terminal for aluminium cablePack of 4 19095

Comb busbar for NG125 and C120Type Part No.1P 148112P 148123P 148134P 14814Tooth shield end (set of 20) 14818

Terminal shield for residual current device (Set of)63A Type Part No.

2P 190743P 190753P adjustable 190774P 190764P adjustable 19078

125A 3P 190774P 19078

Rotary handleType Part No.Direct standard 19092Extended standard, black 19088Red handle 19089yellow backgroundNote: Not suitable for 1 & 2 pole devices

Padlocking accessoryType Part No.Pack of 4 19090

19087

19080

19076

19088

19090

19091

19093

19094

14813

P25M motor protection circuit breakerRatings: 0.1 - 25ABS EN 60947-2

110

IcuinkA

5050

Icsin%

100100

IcuinkA

15151515

Icsin%

50504040

IcuinkA

50158866

Icsin%

10010050505050

IcuinkA

50106644

Icsin%

10010075757575

IcuinkA

33333333

Icsin%

7575757575757575

Installation Symmetrical DIN rail

Technical data Phase failure sensitive Temperature compensation: -200C to +400C in

enclosure Current ratings (In): 0.1 - 25A Voltage ratings (Ue): 690Vac Breaking capacity: BS EN 60947-2

Operating cycles: 100,000 AC3 Positive contact indication in accordance with

BS7671 Width: 2.5 SP ways (45mm) Cable capacity: min 2 x 1mm2 rigid,

max. 2 x 6mm2 flexible Approvals: CEBEC, DEMKO, NEMKO,

SEMKO, F1 Accessories: see page 112 Technical data: see page 144

Limiter blockIncreases the breaking capacity to 100kA up to 415V.Individual mounting (upstream) or on the terminalblock part no. 21144 .

Connection: tunnel terminal for flexible cable up to 25mm2


Rating Settings Part No.In (A)0.16 0.1 - 0.16 211000.25 0.16 - 0.25 211010.40 0.25 - 0.40 211020.63 0.40 - 0.63 211031.0 0.63 - 1.0 211041.6 1.0 - 1.6 211052.5 1.6 - 2.5 211064.0 2.5 - 4.0 211076.3 4.0 - 6.3 2110810 6.0 - 10 2110914 9.0 - 14 2111018 13 - 18 2111123 17 - 23 2111225 20 - 25 21113

Width in Rating Part18mm (A) No.SP ways2.5 63 21115

Rating(A)0.16to1.62.546.31014182325

230,240 400,415 440 500 690Voltage (V)

self protected

P25M circuit breaker

21115

P25M motor protection circuit breakerAuxiliaries

111

P25M

P25M

Auxiliary combination

O+F/

F+F

F+F/

O+F

O+F/

F+F

MX/

MNSD

Width in 18mm Part No.SP ways0.5 Contact position O+F 211170.5 Contact position F+F 21116

43 31

44

21117 21116

32

43 33

44 34

Width in 18mm Part No.SP ways0.5 Position+alarm

contact F+SD.F 211180.5 Position+alarm

contact O+SD.F 211190.5 Position+alarm

contact F+SD.O 211200.5 Position+alarm

contact O+SD.O 21121

21120 21121

95 53

96 54

95 51

96 52

21118 21119

97 53

98 54

97 51

98 52

Remote indication: Position: O+F contact indicates ON or OFF position of the

P25M F+F contact double contact for ON position Position + alarm indicator: with red flag trip

indicator: F+SD.O - ON position + OFF fault indication O+SD.O - OFF position + OFF fault indication F+SD.F - ON position + ON fault indication O+SD.F - OFF position + ON fault indication

Technical dataVoltage Position (OF) Fault (SD)Ue

Vac (A) (A)24 1.548 6 1130 4.5 0.5240 3.3 0.3415 2.2440 1.5Vdc DC 13 DC 1324 6 148 5 0.360 3 0.15110 1.3220 0.5

Width Voltage Frequency Part No.18mm (V) (Hz)SP waysMX shunt trip release1 220.240 50 21127

380.415 50 21128

Width Voltage Frequency Part No.18mm (V) (Hz)SP waysMN under voltage release1 220.240 50 21129

380.415 50 21130

Remote tripping MX shunt trip release: trips the P25M when

energised MN undervoltage release: trips the P25M when

the voltage supply drops (between 35% and 75%)and prevents reclosing until the supply voltage isrestored

Power consumption of releases:AC DC(VA) (W)

MXPick up 14 10Hold 5 1.6MNHold 3.5 1.1 Connection by terminal clamp

Min.: rigid cables 2 x 1mm2

Max.: flexible cables up to 2 x 2.5mm2

Flexible cable with cable end 2 x 1.5mm2

Connection by terminal clamp:Min.: rigid cables 2 x 1mm2

Max.: flexible cables 2 x 2.5mm2

Flexible cable with cable end 2 x 1.5mm2

21118

21127

P25M motor protection circuit breakerAccessories

112

Part No.Enclosure 21133

Neon indicator light 220 - 240V green 21140red 21142

Neon indicator light 380 - 440V green 21141red 21143

P25M insulated enclosure(Surface mounting). Can incorporate 1 x P25M with 1 xauxiliary contact and 1 x shunt or UVR release withearth and neutral terminals. Degree of protection: IP55 Double insulation Sealable cover Indicator lamp can be installed on the front to

indicate the ON or OFF position 4 knock outs for cable gland Ø 16mm


Comb busbars P25M3 Poles 63APower supply for several P25M up to 63A. Comb busbarversions 2 or 4 outlets and the possibility of combiningcomb busbar. Auxiliary contacts can be installedbetween the P25Ms.

Comb busbar Part No.For 2 P25M units 21145For 4 P25M units 21146

Part No.End cover (pack of 5) 21148Terminal block 21144

Part No.Insulated connector 21147

Terminal blockFor supply of busbars with cables up to 25mm2 (canbe installed with limiter block).

Insulated connectorTo supply comb busbars or P25M directly with cablesup to 25mm2.

21133

21146 21145

21144

21147

Connection systems

Isobar 4 MCB pan assemblies 114

Mulitclip busbar and Polybloc 116

Comb busbars 117

Terminals and installation accessories 118 - 119

Section five

113

Isobar 4 MCB pan assembliesPS type single phasePS type three phase

114

Application for PS type single phase and neutral (No neutral switching facility)

All pan assemblies incorporate the unique Isobar MCB way disconnector feature,which offers the user the highest levels of safety through electrical isolation ofunused ways. The SN range of pan assemblies is designed to suit single poleapplications, where switching and protection of the neutral is unnecessary.

Each pan assembly is comprised of a flat steel base incorporating DIN rail,incoming and outgoing busbar assembly with neutral and earth terminal bars. Theycan be easily incorporated into custom built enclosure systems.

MGAN6PS

MGBN8PS

Technical data for PS pan assemblies Standards: BS EN 60439 - 1 and 3 Busbar rating: 125A Operating Voltage: 230/240V also suitable for 110Vac operation Frequency: 50Hz Incomers: As A type distribution boards, see page 00Note: All Merlin Gerin 2 pole RCDs are available for use as incomers to PS pan assemblies. Outgoers: SP C60H MCBs, SP C60H RCBO, C60H MCB & vigi combination

Application for PS pan assemblies (No neutral switching facility)

The PS range of three phase pan assemblies is designed to suit applications whereswitching and protection of the neutral is deemed unnecessary. Each pan assemblyis fully insulated incorporating DIN rail, incoming and outgoing busbar assembly.They can be easily and quickly incorporated into custom built enclosure systems.PS pan assemblies are designed for use with SP and TP C60H MCB, and are alsosuitable for two pole two phase equipment.

Technical data Standards: BS EN 60439 - 1 and 3 Busbar rating: 250A Operating Voltage: 400/415V Frequency: 50Hz Incomers: MGI1253, MGNPB250TB, PS pan assemblies can utilise

Multi 9, 3 or 4 pole devices as incomers - additional shroud must be used - ref. 80011

Outgoers: SP C60H MCB, SP C60H RCBOTP C60H MCBSP C60H MCB and Vigi combinationTP C60H MCB and Vigi combination

SP ways Part No.6 MGAN6PS9 MGAN9PS12 MGAN12PS15 MGAN15PS

TP ways Part No.4 MGBN4PS6 MGBN6PS8 MGBN8PS12 MGBN12PS16 MGBN16PS18 MGBN18PS24 MGBN24PS

115

Isobar 4 MCB pan assembliesType E

ApplicationThis range of pan assemblies is designed for use with Merlin Gerin’s high qualityPrisma range of enclosures or custom built steelwork. Each pan assembly includesall components necessary for final distribution and protection of circuits, i.e. steelfixing plate, DIN rail busbar assembly, incoming connections, neutral and earth barsdistributed neutral busbar for switched neutral applications. The Prisma functionalsystem enables the construction of a full range of distribution equipment productsfrom wall mounted enclosures to IP55 floor mounted switch boards having busbarsystems up to 3200A. Functional system Prisma G, GX for wall mountedenclosures and functional system Prisma P for floor standing enclosures publication ref. MGD 5064

MGBN8E

MGBN8EV

MGI1254

NKIT

Technical data Standards: BS EN 60439 - 1 and 3 Busbar rating: 250A Operating Voltage: 400/415V Frequency: 50Hz Incomers: Switch disconnectors: 3 pole 125A MGI1253N

4 pole 125A MGI1254 Terminal block: 125A MGTB1254

250A MGNPB250TB RCDs: 16261, 23213, 23227 for details see page 74 For MCCBs and switch disconnectors up to 250A use connection kit MSIS95AN Outgoers: 1, 2, 3 or 4P C60H MCBs, C60H RCBO, C60 MCB and Vigi

combinationsNote: All 4 pole RMG RCDs can be used as incomers. Other incoming devicesmay be used by separately mounting them into the Prisma cubicle.To install in prisma G use sp or kit MGBNSPA

TP ways Front cover Part No. Part No.coloured blacksliders sliders

4 - MGBN4E MGBN4EV6 07795P MGBN6E MGBN6EV8 07796P MGBN8E MGBN8EV12 07797P MGBN12E MGBN12EV16 07798P MGBN16E MGBN16EV18 - MGBN18E MGBN18EV24 07799P MGBN24E MGBN24EV

Mulitclip busbar and Polybloc

116

ApplicationA fast , reliable and maintenance free method of connecting outgoing circuits. Each connection is made in a spring front accessed connection rated at 40A.Contact pressure of the spring is automatically adjusted to suit the cross sections ofthe conductor.

Technical details Voltage rating: 440V Current rating: 200A at 40°C Incoming connection: direct by cable lugs,

connectors or flexible bars Outgoing connection: Provides reliable, maintenance free electrical

connecting independent of heat variations Rapid connection and reconnection after

modification Automatic spring connections 12 connection points for each phase and 18/or

neutral Cable capacity 10mm2 max (supplied with 24

connections), 52A max. current rating per connection Fixing: On Multifix rails (fixing brackets included) By screws on all standard supports

Multifix DIN rail (Merlin Gerin patent).Multifix (length 470mm) Rail only, drilled on each end 03004 With two fixed height mounting brackets 03001 With two adjustable height mounting

brackets 03002

PD390661

Polybloc 250AA distribution block patented by Merlin Gerin for ‘wire to wire’ connections, it consists of:

Short circuit withstand currentThis table indicates the short circuit withstand current (in kA rms) for variouscombinations of upstream and downstream devices on a 380/415V installation.

PD390549

Type Part No.2P Phase and Neutral 040123P 040134P 3 Phase and Neutral 04014

Symmetrical DIN rail L = 2000 Part No. th = 2.3; h = 15 06603

Asymetrical rail L = 2000 Part No. th = 1.5; h = 15 06602

Part No.Polybloc 3P 04033Polybloc 4P 04034

Outgoing 6 x 10mm2 and 3 x 16mm2 cables per phase

Downstream device Short circuit withstand current (in kA rms), depending on upstream device

--

(1)

N2525(1)

H3625(1)

N2525(1)

H3040(1)

L3040(1)

N25-

(1)

H30-

(1)

L30-

(1)

N25-

(1)

H30-

(1)

L30-

(1)

C120 NS100NG125 NS160 NS250

C60H (10kA)C120 (15kA)Other devices

(1) Check that the peak short circuit current, limited by the downstream device, is lower than 12kA. Check that the thermal stress delivered by the downstreamdevice does not exceed the permissible thermal stress of the 6mm cable (4.76 x 105 A2s).

Comb busbars, connectors and assembled terminals

117

Application for Comb busbar C60HWhen fed by a single cable per phase the busbar is rated 100A at 40°C. If two connections (i.e. two cables) are used per phase the rating is increased to120A. Short circuit rating compatible with the breaking capacity of the MCBs fitted. Short time ratings: 10kA for 30ms, 1800A for 1 second. Suitable for use with allMerlin Gerin MCBs with 18mm width poles (C60HB/HC/HD).

Technical dataRated operational voltage 500V. Complies with BS EN 60439-1 Fully insulated for protection against direct

contact Supplied with insulated end covers Main connection: 16mm2 direct 25mm2 via

connectors part no. 14885

Type suitable for C60H and STI Part No.1P 1 row of 12 - 1P MCBs (12) 14881

1 row of 54 - 1P MCBs (54) 148012 row of 24 - 1P MCBs (24) 14891

2P 1 row of 6 - 2P MCBs (6) 148821 row of 27 - 2P MCBs (27) 148022 row of 12 - 2P MCBs (24) 14892



Cable connectors - pack of 4 14885

Type suitable for DPN Part No.1P+N 1 row of 13 MCBs 14880

2 row of 12 - 24 MCBs 14890

Type suitable for C120 NG125 Part No.1P 16 MCBs 148112P 8 MCBs 148123P 5 MCBs 148134P 4 MCBs 14814Set of 20 boots for unused teeth 14818

Accessories Part No.Set of 40 ends caps

for 1P and 2P combs 14886for 3P and 4P combs 14887

Set of 40 boots for unused teeth 14888

14881

Stepped terminals 125/140A (40°C)Installation

Clipping on to Multifix or symmetrical rails Screwing on to plain or slotted plates, Multifix rails

or asymmetrical rails

13514

07105

Distribloc 125 and 160A4 pole distribution block comprising: A fully insulated, one piece distribution system

complying with IPXXB (protection against direct contact)

A modular cover designed for a 45mm panel slotfor integration in a row of DIN rail mounted modular products

Technical data Ui = 690V, Icw = 4.5kA/1s to IEC947-7-1 Peak withstand current: Ipk = 20kA to IEC439-1 Rated impulse withstand voltage: Uimp = 8kV

Terminals with holes 125AIsc (kA rms)415V Part No.

4 x 10 holes 3.5kA/1s 13512(5 x 10 mm2) + (4 x 16 mm2) + (1 x 35 mm2)4 x 17holes 3.5kA/1s 13514(8 x 10 mm2) +(8 x 16 mm2) + (1 x 35 mm2)Terminals with clamps 10kA/1s 14949140A 4 x 12 holes (12 clamps 6 mm2)

Type Part No.Distribloc 125 07105Distribloc 160 0710635mm2 x 210 07054 4 flexible connections

Cable capacityDistribloc 125 Incoming 6 - 35mm2 flexible

or 10 - 35mm2

rigid cablesDistribloc 160 Incoming Flexible cable

links fitted to device

Distribloc 125 & 160 Outgoing Per pole:2 x 10mm2

3 x 6mm2

7 x 4mm2

1 x 25mm2

(16mm2 multicore)

Terminals and installation accessories

118

Technical data Current rating: 80A

Terminal blocksFor fixing to symmetrical DIN rails. 1P and 2P blockscan be fitted together to form 3P and 4P blocks.

Connection strips 80 - 125A (40°C)Cross section for stranded cables.Each strip has one M4 threaded hole for screwattachment to any support.

Terminal block supportsTerminal block support made of self extinguishinginsulating material: 960°C/5s. Beige in colour.

Type Part No.1P (2 x 25mm2 + 4 x 16mm2) 149361P (2 x 35mm2 + 4 x 25mm2) 149382P (2 x 25mm2 + 4 x 16mm2) 149372P (2 x 35mm2 + 4 x 25mm2) 14939

80A connection strip Part No.4 holes 14962(2 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2)length 32mm6 holes 14963(3 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2 )length 50mm10 holes 14964(5 x 10mm2 + 4 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2 )length 74mm

125A connection strip14 holes 14965(7 x 10mm2 + 6 x 16 mm2 + 1 x 35mm2)length 98mm

Cross section for stranded cables Part No.80A terminal block4 holes 14975(2 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2)length 68mm6 holes 14976 (3 x 10mm2 + 2 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2)length 68mm10 holes 14977 (5 x 10mm2 + 4 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35mm2)length 115mm

125A terminal block14 holes 14979(7 x 10mm2 + 6 x 16mm2 + 1 x 35 mm2)length 115mm

Each support can be individually identified using clip-on markers (optional): Blue for neutral Yellow/green for earthFixing: Clipped on to: 12 x 2 flat bar Multifix or symmetrical rail Screwed on to any support (plain or slotted plate)

using 2 ears

Terminal blocks

Connection strips

Terminal block supports

Type Part No.For panel mounting1 x 20 holes, length 183mm(19 x 162+ 1 x 1202) 992171 x 25 holes, length 222mm(24 x 162+ 1 x 1202) 992191 x 38 holes, length 332mm(37 x 162 + 1 x 1202) 992211 x 49 holes, length 419mm(48 x 162 + 1 x 1202) 992231 x 73 holes, length 624mm(72 x 16+1 x 1202 ) 99225

Type Part No.2 x 50 identification card 14989(50 blue mark, 50 yellow/green mark) Flat bar 12 x 2 07046

Identification cardThe markers can be used to identify terminal blocks:neutral or earth.

Terminal bar for earth/neutral connections For panel mounting Including support Current rating 200A

14989

Terminal bars

Terminals and installation accessories

119

End stop For symmetrical/asymmetrical DIN rail.

14915

Type Part No.End stop (pack of 10) 14915

Universal terminal support This unit can be installed on: Symmetrical DIN rail Slotted mounting plate Asymmetrical DIN raiI width: 3 modules of 9mm

Type Part No.Universal terminal support 6619(pack of 5)

06619

Flush mounting clampAllows the installation of all DlN standard devices onan enclosure door. The depth is adjustable by turning the bracket round.DIN rail not included.

Type Part No.Flush mounting clamp (pack of 4) 20267

20267

Transparent hinged weatherproof coversfor enclosure doors - IP55Allows the installation of DlN standard devices up to 10SP ways (twenty 9mm modules) on an enclosure door. Degree of protection IP55. External dimensions (mm):

w 235 x h 126 x d 33 Dimensions of the hole on the door (mm):

w 186 x h 96Supplied with a blanking plate (to cover up to ten 9mmmodules) and fixing and drilling template.

Type Part No.Transparent hinged cover (10 x 18mm ways) 14210DIN rail support 14211(and fixing)Transparent hinged cover (4 x 18mm ways) 99246ATransparent hinged cover complete with DIN support bracket (4 x 18mm ways) 99246B

99246B

Card strip holderSelf adhesive plastic holder for card label strip. 430mm/479mm modules wide, 20mm high. Suppliedwith card strip and transparent cover strip.

Type Part No.Card strip holder 07360Pack of 10 holders and 10 card strips

07360

EnclosuresFeatures and benefits

120

Merlin Gerin’s range of enclosures has been designed tocater for a wide range of applications, suitable for themounting of DIN rail components such as timers, relays,contactors, MCBs etc.

Whether the enclosure is for indoors or outdoors use, in a clean or dirty

environment, in metal or insulated material, with a plain or transparent door, Merlin

Gerin has an enclosure to suit.

Page 132 - 133 features a quick selection table, designed to guide you through theproduct range to select the most suitable enclosure.

Tamperproof facility via a lockable option (where applicable)

Transparent door option (where applicable) enables quickidentification of status and settings, useful for MCBs andtimers etc

High levelsof safety

Ingress protection ratings available from IP30 through toIP66

Insulated or metal enclosures suitable for the mounting ofDIN rail devices, ranging from 2 up to 240 SP ways

Enclosures supplied complete with accessories (seerelevant product information for further details)

Performanceand quality

Design flexibility of modular or custom chassis enablesthe user to tailor internal fittings to the application

Aesthetically pleasing

Productinnovation

Enclosures

Mini Opale IP30 124

G9 IP30 124

A-series IP30 124

B-series IP31 125

Pragma C IP40 126

Pragma metal IP41 127

UT weatherproof IP54 128

Prisma GK IP55 129

Pragma C weatherproof IP55 130

Kaedra weatherproof IP65 131

UP weatherproof IP66 132

Section six

121

EnclosuresSelection guide

122

Mini OpaleIP30

Insulated Page 2 3 4 5 6 8 11 12 14

124

Pragma CIP40

126

WeatherproofPragma CIP55

130

Weatherproof KaedraIP65

131

Weatherproof UP (GRP)IP66

132

G9IP30

Metal Page

124

A-Series enclosureIP30

124

B-Series enclosureIP31

125

PragmaIP30/41

127

Weatherproof UTIP54

128

Prisma GKIP55

129

Step 1: Select the number of SP ways required Step 2: Select either insulated or metal,

2 3 4 5 6 8 11 12 14

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

1Row

Enclosure capacity in 18mm SP ways

Enclosure capacity in 18mm SP ways

123

EnclosuresSelection guide

17 24 28 34 36 48 51 68 72 85 88 96 112 120 144 240

Step 3: Select IP rating required, Step 4: Refer to the product page for more details.

17 24 28 34 36 48 51 68 72 85 88 96 112 120 144 240

2Rows

3Rows

4Rows

1Row

2Row

2Row

3Row

4Row

5Row

1Row

2Row

2Row

3Row

4Row

4Row

4Row

6Row

5Row

6Row

3Row

2Row

3Row

4Row

5Row

6Row

2Rows

2 Rows3

Rows4

Rows4

Rows6

Rows

3Rows

4Rows

EnclosuresIP30

124

Mini Opale enclosures (IP30) Mini Opale enclosures are all insulated and made of an impact resistant materialwhich is self extinguishing to 6500C.Degree of protection: IP30

They consist of: An insulated back plate incorporating a DlN rail A cover clipped to the back plate Two 4 hole terminal bars built in, 13396 and 13398

only. (1 X 16mm2 + 3 X 10mm2)

Installation Wall mounting, 2 or 4 screws supplied. Dimensions: see page 189

SP Size (mm) Part No.18mm H - W - Dways2 130 x 44 x 57 133924 130 x 80 x 57 133946 160 x 119 x 65 133968 160 x 155 x 65 13398

Suitable for most DlN standard devices

G9 enclosures (IP30)These enclosures are made from pressed sheet steel, epoxy powder coated. Colour: moonstone beige.Degree of protection: IP30.

They consist of: A back plate with DlN raiI A cover, screwed to the back plate, having 25mm

knockouts top and bottom

Installation Wall mounting Dimensions: see page 189

SP Size (mm) Part No.18mm H - W - Dways3 200 x 101 x 63 995604 250 x 122.5 x 63 145995 250 x 122.5 x 63 14603

Suitable for most DlN standard devices

A-series enclosures (IP30)These enclosures are made from folded steel sheet, epoxy powder coated. Colour: RAL 9001.Degree of protection: IP30.

SP No. of Size (mm) Part No.18mm holes H - W - Dways8 9 264 x 260 x 127 MGN16DE11 12 264 x 315 x 127 MGN22DE14 18 264 x 370 x 127 MGN28DE17 24 264 x 450 x 127 MGN34DE28 36 494 x 370 x 127 MGN56DE*

Suitable for most DlN standard devices* Two tier

AccessoriesKey lock MGBL

They consist of: An enclosure having a back plate with DlN rail

25mm knockouts in top, bottom, sides and rear of enclosure built-in earth terminal bar:

A cover having a drop down door with plastic latch.To lock enclosure use easily fitted key lock MGBL


13396

MGN16DE

EnclosuresB-series IP31

125

ApplicationThese enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products, primarily for control and metering. They may be mounted individually or attached tothe side of an MGB board of equivalent height using the side joining kit MGBNSJK.For mounting above and below a standard B board use ref MGBNTJKN.

Specification Ingress protection: IP31 to BS EN 60529 Earth bar capacity: 25mm2

Surface mounting Colour: RAL 9001 epoxy powder coated

Supplied with DIN rail, door and slotted front coverPart No. Capacity No. of Dimensions in mm

in 18mm rows Height Width DepthSP ways

MGBN4SXS 34 2 484 470 158MGBN8SXS 34 2 538 470 158MGBN12SXS 51 3 700 470 158MGBN16SXS 68 4 808 470 158MGBN24SXS 85 5 970 470 158

Supplied with DIN rail, door and plain front coverPart No. Capacity No. of Dimensions in mm


MGBN4SXP 34 2 484 470 158MGBN8SXP 34 2 538 470 158MGBN12SXP 51 3 700 470 158MGBN16SXP 68 4 808 470 158MGBN24SXP 85 5 970 470 158Suitable for most DIN standard devices


MGBN8SXP

MGBN8SXS

MGBN8SXP

EnclosuresPragma C IP40

126

ApplicationThese enclosures are designed to accommodate DIN rail mounted products,primarily for control and metering. Colour: ivory (RAL9001)

Supplied with plain doorPart No. Capacity No. of Dimensions in mm


10901 12 1 250 275 11510902 24 2 375 275 11510903 36 3 500 275 11510904 48 4 752 275 115

Supplied with transparent doorPart No. Capacity No. of Dimensions in mm


10911 12 1 250 275 11510912 24 2 375 275 11510913 36 3 500 275 11510914 48 4 752 275 115Suitable for most DIN standard devices

Additional accessoriesDescription Part No.80A terminal block, 4 holes 1357580A terminal block, 8 holes 1357680A terminal block, 16 holes 1357780A terminal block, 22 holes 1357880A terminal block, 32 holes 13579

IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 4 & 8 hole 13582IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13583IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 4 & 8 hole 13584IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13585IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 4 & 8 hole 13586IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13587

Angled terminal block support 13600Key lock 13665Set of 4 wall mounting hooks 14181

Installation Wall mounting Dimensions: for more detailed dimensions, see page 191

Available with either a plain or transparent door, theseenclosures are supplied complete with the following:

2 angled terminal block supports 1 earth terminal block without cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal

bar (8 x 10mm2 + 8 x 16mm2) 24 and 36 way enclosure supplied with 22 hole

terminal bar (11 x 10mm2 + 11 x 16mm2) 48 way enclosure supplied with 32 hole terminal

bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) 1 neutral terminal block with blue cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal



bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) Identification labels and pictograms 5 module dividable blanking plates: 12 way enclosure supplied with 1 24 way enclosure supplied with 2 36 and 48 way enclosure supplied with 3

10901

10912

10903

10914

EnclosuresPragma metal IP41

127

A back plate which supports a removable DlN railchassis which is also insulated from the backplate

Removable top and bottom insulated gland plates(metal plates are an option)

Metal side panels which are insulated from theback plate

Insulated front plates, one for each row of DlN rail Earth and neutral terminal bars, each 30 holes Way label for each row, with blanking plates

(8 poles for 1, 2, 3 rows - 16 poles for 4, 5, 6rows)

Optional plain door or glazed door which may behinged left or right

EnclosureNo. of Capacity Part No. Part No. doorrows in 18mm enclosure plain glazed

SP ways1 24 13811 13841 138512 48 13812 13842 138523 72 13813 13843 138534 96 13814 13844 138545 120 13815 13845 138556 144 13816 13846 13856Suitable for most DlN standard devices

ApplicationThese enclosures are manufactured from sheet metal 8/10 epoxy/polyester powder coated. They are supplied complete with DIN mounting rails and insulatedfront plates. Degree of protection is IP30 with front plates, IP41 with overall door. They consist of:

Dimensions All Pragma enclosures are 550mm wide,

depth 170mm, with front plates 182mm withoverall door

Height mm1 row 3002 row 4503 row 6004 row 7505 row 9006 row 1050

Installation Wall mounted with internal fixing and location

brackets

Compact NS/Interpact incomers Purpose designed mounting plates and front

plates to accept Compact NS or Interpact up to160A

Each Interpact front plate occupies the space of 2MCB front plates

Each Compact NS occupies the space of 1 MCBfront plate

Terminals A range of terminals and connections to ease

installation

Accessories A range of accessories to extend the applications

for Pragma enclosures

Description Part No.Interpact IN125T - IN160Tmounting plate and front plate 13861Compact NS / VIGI NS 100 / 160 mounting plate and front plate 13863160A connection blocks (fits onto incoming units) 13875Earth/neutral terminal blocks (2 x 30 hole)* 13876Connections to install POLYBLOC on incoming unit 13866Plain front plate (1 row) 13871Slotted mounting plate (H 150mm) 13864Blanking plate 24 pole 13430Label strip 24 pole 13879Door lock key No. 405 13877Touch up paint RAL 9001 13880Pack of blanking strip 5 pole 13429Metal gland plate PRGPM* 13876 complete with insulated holders, insulated cover eachbar has 1 x 35mm, 15 x 16mm, 14 x 10mm holes.

13811 + 13841

EnclosuresUT weatherproof IP54

128

EnclosuresEnclosure size (mm) UT range

Internal fittingsMounting plates

Height Width Depth Plain Perforated

3004005006007008001000

250300400400500600800

150200200200200250250

04583045840458504586045870458804590

09231092340923809239092400924409248

09211092140921809219092200922409228

2 x 123 x 163 x 164 x 224 x 286 x 36

025240252502526025270252802530

092630926409264092650926609268

092510925209253092540925509257

Withplaindoor

4 Multifixrails

Verticaluprights

Rows of18mmSP ways

Chassiscomplete

Custom chassis Modular chassis

Accessories

Set of wall fixing lugs (external) 04629

Handle with barrel + 2 keys 405 05196

Earth connection 6mm2 for door 07081

RAL7032 aerosol paint spray 02499

Blanking plate for Multi 9 front plate 13730

Set of 4 - M8 x 50 spacers for

custom chassis and mounting plates 05224

Set of 4 - M6 x 12 screws and

nuts to fix DIN rails in custom chassis 09917

20 cage nuts for M4 05114

perforated mounting plate M5 05115

M6 05116


UT weatherproof enclosures: All welded construction, manufactured from 1.2mm sheetsteel, epoxy/polyester powder coated

Colour: RAL 7032 grey Degree of protection: IP54 to IEC 529. Wall fixing

by internal or external fixings. The door is removable and is sealed using a mouldedpolyurethane gasket. A bottom gland plate is fitted,fully gasketed and removable from the outside

ApplicationThere are 4 - M8 x 20 bolts at the back of the enclosure to fix mounting plates orchassis. Both plain and perforated mounting plates are available. Custom chassisallow rapid fixing of symmetrical DIN rail mounted devices. It comprises of 2 verticalrails fitted to the back of the enclosure, the DIN rails are fitted at the required positions.Modular chassis (common to the UT and UP enclosures) comprise a supportingstructure, symmetrical DIN rails with adjustable depth, plastic front plates with built inidentification.Weatherproof enclosure

EnclosuresPrisma GK IP55

129

ApplicationHeavy Duty enclosure suitable for use in harsh environments. Ideal for use inIndustrial & Commercial buildings these enclosures offer the following: Functionality (ease & simplicity of product selection) Sealed from the effects of water and dust to IP55 Extendible (enclosures can be joined or extended by the use of joining kits) Robust (high resistance to impacts & mechanical damage)

These enclosures are wall mountable, up to 23x50mm Prisma modules, or floorstanding for 27 and 33x50mm Prisma modules using a plinth. They are availablewith either a plain or transparent door and can be used to house devices up to630A with standard connections.

Colour: RAL 9001. For other colours consult Merlin Gerin. Degree of protection: IP55

Part No’s.Enclosure Plain door Transparent door

Enclosure (7 mod.), H450 x W600 05502 05532 05542Enclosure (11 mod.), H650 x W600 05503 05533 05543Enclosure (15 mod.), H850 x W600 05504 05534 05544Enclosure (19 mod.), H1050 x W600 05505 05535 05545Enclosure (23 mod.), H1250 x W600 05506 05536 05546Enclosure (27 mod.), H1450 x W600 05507 05537 05547Enclosure (33 mod.), H1750 x W600 05508 05538 05548

Description Part No.Canopy for W600 - for extra protection against water or objects falling vertically 05557Prisma GK handle - spare handle with barrel lock and two keys 05580For further information and a comprehensive list of the full GK range see the Prisma G Catalogue. For information on joining/extending enclosures consult us.

Ordering guide

Select the number of device mounting rails (Multifix rails) required for mounting Multi 9 devices: (24 x 18mm SP ways)

Rail Front Plate (with cutouts)

1 row occupies 4 vertical modules (200mm). 07501 07814

Select the number of Mulifix rails required for mounting terminal blocks:

Rail Front Plate1 row occupies 3 vertical modules (150mm). 07502 07813

Add the number of vertical modules required for the installed equipment using theabove guidelines and subtract this number from the number of modules provided inthe selected enclosure. This will give you the plain front plate requirements for theunused modules in the enclosure. Use the following table to order plain front plates:for B type pan assemblies see page xx

Plain Flat Front PlateHeight Mods. Part No.50mm 1 7801100mm 2 7802150mm 3 7803200mm 4 7804250mm 5 7805300mm 6 7806

Example Modules3 x 7501 Rows for Multi 9 devices, 72 x 18mm SP Ways 123 x 7814 3 Front Plates with cut outs for Multi 9 devices2 x 7502 2 Rows for Terminal Blocks 62 x 7803 2 Front Plates

05505 Basic Enclosure (19 mod.), H1050 x W600 1905535 Plain door for 19 mod enclosureTotal space remaining within the enclosure 1

Therefore the Filler Plates required would be:1 x 7801 1 x 1 mod (50mm) Plain Front Plate

05503 + 05543


EnclosuresPragma C weatherproof IP55

130

ApplicationThese enclosures are designed to accommodate DINrail mounted products, primarily for control and metering.

Suitable for use in harsh environments they can beused indoors or outdoors. Colour: light grey (RAL 7035)



10941 12 1 279 285 127.510942 24 2 404 285 127.510943 36 3 529 285 127.510944 48 4 654 285 127.5Suitable for most DIN standard devices

Additional accessoriesDescription Part No.80A terminal block, 4 holes 1357580A terminal block, 8 holes 1357680A terminal block, 16 holes 1357780A terminal block, 22 holes 1357880A terminal block, 32 holes 13579

IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 4 & 8 hole 13582IP2X protective cover terminal block, green-yellow, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13583IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 4 & 8 hole 13584IP2X protective cover terminal block, red, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13585IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 4 & 8 hole 13586IP2X protective cover terminal block, blue, 16, 22 & 32 hole 13587

Angled terminal block support 13600Key lock IP55 Pragma C 13625Set of 4 wall mounting hooks 14181


These enclosures are supplied complete with the following:

2 angled terminal block supports 1 earth terminal block without cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal



bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) 1 neutral terminal block with blue cover: 12 way enclosure supplied with 16 hole terminal



bar (16 x 10mm2 + 16 x 16mm2) Identification labels and pictograms 5 module dividable blanking plates: 12 way enclosure supplied with 1 24 way enclosure supplied with 2 36 and 48 way enclosure supplied with 3

10941

EnclosuresKaedra weatherproof enclosure IP65

131



13441 4 1 200 123 11213442 6 1 200 159 11213443 8 1 200 195 11213444 12 1 200 267 112Suitable for most DIN standard devices

Additional accessoriesDescription Part No.80A terminal block, 4 holes 1357580A terminal block, 8 holes 1357680A terminal block, 16 holes 1357780A terminal block 22 holes 13578

Angled terminal block supports 4 way enclosure 13361Angled terminal block supports 6 way enclosure 13362Angled terminal block supports 8 way enclosure 13363Angled terminal block supports 12 way enclosure 13364

IP2X terminal cover green 4 hole 135818 hole 1358216/32 hole 13583

IP2X terminal cover blue 4 hole 135898 hole 1358616/32 hole 13587

Lock 13948Sealing kit 13947Bag of membrane glands (cable support sleeves) various sizes 14190


These enclosures are supplied complete with the following:

1 built in dividable blanking plate 1 marker strip 4 sealing plugs for wall mounting screws (essential

for class 2) 1 angled terminal block support to simplify cable

insertion and improve accessibility on clamping 1 terminal block fitted with a guide to simplify

cable introduction in the tunnels: 13441 - 13443, two terminals of 4 holes 13444 two terminals of 8 holes

ApplicationKaedra enclosures are manufactured using an insulating, self extinguishingmaterial. Suitable for commercial, industrial and domestic applications, forinstallation indoors and outdoors in harsh environments, ie marinas. Degree of protection: IP65 Colour: light grey (RAL 7035)

13441

EnclosuresPoylester UP weatherproof IP66

132

ApplicationWeatherproof, maintenance free enclosures manufactured from high impact glassreinforced polyester material self extinguishing to 9800C and having excellent resistance to corrosion. Degree of protection IP66 to IEC 529. Wall mounting, door hinged left or right with internal wall fixings supplied as standard.

There are 4 - M8 x 20 bolts at the back of the enclosure to fix mounting plates orchassis, both plain and perforated mounting plates are available. Custom chassisallow rapid fixing of symmetrical DIN rail mounted devices. It comprises of 2 verticalrails fitted to the back of the enclosure. The DIN rails are fitted at the required positions. Modular chassis (common to the UT enclosures) comprise a supportingstructure, symmetrical DIN rails with adjustable depth, plastic front plates with built inidentification and a 12 x 2 flat bar with earthing terminal block.

EnclosuresEnclosure size (mm) UP range

Internal fittingsMounting plates

Height Width Depth Variabledepthsliders

Plain Perforated

4305306507508501055

330430440540640850

200200250300300350

025040250520506025070250802510

025140251502516025170251802520

025540255402556025570255702560

092340223809239092400924409248

092140921809219092200922409228

2 x 123 x 163 x 164 x 224 x 286 x 40

025240252502526025270252802530

092630926409264092650926609268

092510925209253092540925509257

Withplaindoor

Withglazeddoor

4 Multifixrails

Verticaluprights

Rows of18mmmodules

Chassiscomplete

Custom chassis Modular chassis

Accessories Part No.

Set of wall fixing lugs (external) 02521

Handle with barrel + 2 keys 405

not for 02510 and 02520 09955

Blanking plate for multi 9 front plate 13730

Set of 4 - M8 x 50 spacers for

custom chassis and mounting plates 05224

Set 8 - M6 x 12 screws and nuts to

fix DIN rails in custom chassis 09917

20 cage nuts for perforated

mounting plate M4 05114

M5 05115

M6 05116

Weatherproof enclosure

Technical data Section seven

Breaking capacities 134

Tripping characteristics 135

Temperature derating 136

Grouping factors 135 - 136

MCB on lighting loads 137

MCB auxiliaries 138 - 139

DC operation 140

400Hz operation 141

Motor starters 142

Transformer inrush 143

P25M motor protection 144

Types of RCD 145

Degrees of protection 146

Surge arrester selection 147 - 149

Contactor rating 150 - 151

Impulse relay selection 153

MIN and PRE timings 154

Movement detector 155 - 156

Presence detector 157 - 158

Multimeter connection 159

Current transformer selection 161

133

Miniature circuit breakersBreaking capacitiesTripping characteristics

134

BS EN 60898 I EC947-2Type In min. In max. Type In min. In max. Typical applicationsB 3 5 U 5.5 8.8 Moderately inductive, e.g. commercial and general industrialC 5 10 C 5 10 Highly inductive, e.g. heavy industrialD 10 14 D 10 14 More highly inductive, e.g transformers, motors and certain

lighting systems

Note: BS EN 60898 calibration temperature 30°CBS EN 60947-2 calibration temperature 40°C

Note: For UL/CSA approved MCBs consult us.Maximum operating voltage 440V + 10%

Miniature circuit breaker BS EN 60898** BS EN 60947-2*(magnetic trip setting) Breaking capacity (A) Breaking capacity (A)

1 P 2,3,4P 1 P 2,3,4P 2,3,4P 2,3,4PType Ratings (A) Page 240V 415V 220V/240V 220V/240V 380V/415V 440VC60HB MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000(type B: 3 - 5In)C60HC MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000(type C: 5 - 10InC60HD MCB 1A - 63A 12/13 10,000 10,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000(type D: 10 - 14In)C120 HB MCB 10A - 125A 17 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000C120 HC MCB 10A - 125A 18 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000C120 HD MCB 10A - 125A 19 15,000 15,000 15,000 30,000 15,000 10,000NG125 N 10A - 125A 35 - - 25,000 50,000 25,000 20,000NG125 H 10A - 80A 38 - - 36,000 70,000 36,000 30,000

* Breaking capacities quoted are Icu. Ics = 50% of Icu.** Breaking capacities quoted are Icn. Ics = 75% of Icn.

Magnetic tripping characteristics (50/60Hz)

Miniature circuit breakersTemperature derating/grouping factors

135

Temperature derating of MCBs Miniature circuit beakers listed in the service current tables may be used at temperatures ranging from -30˚C -60˚C. The tables show the maximum current to be employed as a function of certain ambient temperatures.Figures in bold type are the nominal current ratings at the calibration temperature.

Derating of MCBs grouped in enclosed installations.When a number of circuit breakers or combined RCD/MCBs that operate simultaneously are mounted side byside in a small enclosure, the temperature rise inside the enclosure may cause a reduction in the service current.The reduction can be calculated by multiplying the maximum service current by a 'grouping factor'.

0.8

C60H B and C curvesTemperature °C

Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 601 1.05 1.02 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.93 0.90 0.88 0.852 2.08 2.04 2.00 1.96 1.92 1.88 1.84 1.80 1.744 4.24 4.12 4.00 3.88 8.76 3.64 3.52 5.40 5.306 6.24 6.12 6.00 5.88 5.76 5.64 5.52 5.40 5.3010 10.6 10.3 10.0 9.70 9.30 9.00 8.60 8.20 7.8016 16.8 16.5 16.0 15.5 15.2 14.7 14.2 13.8 13.320 21.0 20.6 20.0 19.4 19.0 18.4 17.8 17.4 16.825 26.2 25.7 25.0 24.2 23.7 23.0 22.2 21.5 20.732 33.5 32.9 32.0 31.4 30.4 29.8 28.4 28.2 27.540 42.0 41.2 40.0 38.8 38.0 36.8 35.6 34.4 33.250 52.5 51.5 50.0 48.5 47.4 45.5 44.0 42.5 40.563 66.2 64.9 63.0 61.1 58.0 56.7 54.2 51.7 49.2

C60H D curveTemperature °C

Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 601 1.10 1.08 1.05 1.03 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.92 0.892 2.18 2.14 2.08 2.04 2.00 1.96 1.90 1.86 1.804 4.52 4.40 4.24 4.12 4.00 3.88 3.72 3.56 3.446 6.48 6.36 6.24 6.12 6.00 5.88 5.76 5.58 5.4610 11.4 11.1 10.7 10.4 10.0 9.60 9.20 8.80 8.4016 17.9 17.4 16.9 16.4 16.0 15.5 15.0 14.4 13.920 22.2 21.6 21.2 20.6 20.0 19.4 18.8 18.2 17.625 27.7 27.0 26.5 25.7 25.0 24.2 23.5 22.7 21.732 35.2 34.2 33.6 32.9 32.0 31.0 30.4 29.4 28.440 44.4 43.6 42.4 41.2 40.0 38.8 37.6 36.4 34.850 56.0 54.5 53.0 51.5 50.0 48.5 46.5 45.0 43.063 71.8 69.9 67.4 65.5 63.0 60.4 57.9 55.4 52.9

DPN, DPN NTemperature °C

Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 601 1.04 1.02 1 0.98 0.96 0.93 0.91 0.89 0.862 2.08 2.04 2 1.96 1.91 1.87 1.82 1.77 1.726 6.26 6.13 6 5.87 5.73 5.60 5.45 5.31 5.1610 10.5 10.3 10 9.73 9.45 9.17 8.87 8.57 8.2516 16.7 16.4 16 15.6 16.2 14.8 14.4 14 13.520 20.9 20.4 20 19.5 19 18.7 18 17.5 1725 26.1 25.5 25 24.4 23.8 23.3 22.7 22.1 21.432 33.6 32.8 32 31.2 30.3 29.4 28.5 27.6 26.740 42 41 40 39 37.9 36.8 35.7 34.6 33.4

Groupingfactors

C60HBC60HCC60HD

Miniature circuit breakersTemperature derating/grouping factors

136

DPN Vigi, DPN N Vigi, (30 and 300mA)Temperature °C

Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 606 6.26 6.13 6 5.87 5.73 5.60 5.45 5.31 5.1610 10.5 10.2 10 9.75 9.49 9.23 8.96 8.67 8.3816 16.8 16.4 16 15.6 16.2§ 14.8 14.3 14.9 13.420 21 20.5 20 19.5 19 18.5 17.9 17.4 16.825 26.1 25.5 25 24.4 23.9 23.3 22.7 22.1 21.432 33.4 32.7 32 31.2 30.5 29.7 28.9 28 27.140 41.6 41.8 40 38.2 38.3 37.4 36.5 35.6 34.6

NG125Temperature °C

Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 6010 11 10.75 10.5 10.25 10 9.75 9.5 9.25 916 17.6 17.2 16.8 16.4 16 15.6 15.2 14.8 14.420 22 21.5 21 20.5 20 19.5 19 18.5 1825 27.5 26.87 26.25 25.62 25 24.37 23.75 23.12 22.532 35.2 34.4 33.6 32.8 32 31.2 30.4 29.6 28.840 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 3650 55 53.75 52.5 51.25 50 48.75 47.5 46.25 4563 69.3 67.72 66.15 64.57 63 61.42 59.85 58.27 56.780 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72 100 110 107.5 105 102.5 100 97.5 95 92.5 90125 137.5 134.3 131.2 128.1 125 121.8 118.7 121.8 112.5

C120HTemperature °C

Rat. (A) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 6010 10.7 10.4 10 9.4 9.2 8.8 8.4 8.1 7.816 17.1 16.6 16 15 14.7 14 13.4 13 12.620 21.3 20.7 20 18.7 18.3 17.5 16.7 16 15.525 27.1 26 25 23.8 22.7 21.2 20.2 19.6 1932 34.7 33.3 32 30.5 29 27.1 25.8 25 24.240 43 41.5 40 38 36 34 32 31 3050 53.9 51.9 50 47.8 45.7 43.3 41 39.8 38.663 68 65.5 63 60 57 54 51 49.5 4880 85 82.5 80 77 74 60.5 57 55.3 53.6 100 107 103.5 100 96 92 87.5 83 80.5 78125 135 130 125 118.5 114 108 102 99 96

Miniature circuit breakersFor use with lighting loads

137

Table 1: fluorescent lightingDepending on the power supply and the number andtypes of lighting units, the table gives the circuit breaker rating based on the following assumptions: Installation in an enclosure with an ambient

temperature of 25˚C (derating coefficient = 0.8) Power of ballast: 25% of tube power Power factor: 0.6 for non-compensated fluorescent

lighting. 0.86 for compensated fluorescent lighting

Circuit breakers mounted in an enclosure with anambient exterior temperature of 25˚C: derating coefficient = 0.8.

Table 2: high pressure discharge lampsTable valid for 230V and 400V, with compensated ornon-compensated ballast.

Mercury vapour + fluorescent substance Rat. (A)P(1) ≤ 700W 6P(1) ≤ 1000W 10P(1) ≤ 2000W 16Mercury vapour + metal halidesP(1) 375W 6P(1) 1000W 10P(1) 2000W 16High pressure sodium vapour lampsP(1) 400W 6P(1) 1000W 10

Single phase system: 230VThree phase + N system: 400V between phasesTypes of Power of Number of lighting units per phaselighting unit tubes (W)Single phase 18 4 9 29 49 78 98 122 157 196 245 309 392 490non-compensated 36 2 4 14 24 39 49 61 78 98 122 154 196 245

58 1 3 9 15 24 30 38 48 60 76 95 121 152Single phase 18 7 14 42 70 112 140 175 225 281 351 443 562 703compensated 36 3 7 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 175 221 281 351

58 2 4 13 21 34 43 54 69 87 109 137 174 218Two phase 2x18 = 36 3 7 21 35 56 70 87 112 140 175 221 281 351compensated 2x36 = 72 1 3 10 17 28 35 43 56 70 87 110 140 175

2x58 = 118 1 2 6 10 17 21 27 34 43 54 68 87 109MCB rating 1 2 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

Calculation: non-compensated fluorescent lighting example (star connection)(rating x 0.8) (U x 0.6)

(P x 1.25)Number =

Electrical auxiliariesFor C60/C120 MCBs

138

D1

Ph

N

U<

D2

14

mcb closed

Ph

N

C2 C112

mcb open

U>

94 92

91

fault normal

Ph

N

14 12

11

mcb closed mcb open

Ph

N

Auxiliary ON/OFF switch (OF)Alarm switch (SD)Shunt trip unit (MX)Under voltage release (MN)

Auxiliary ON/OFF switch (OF) to indicatethe ‘open’ or ‘closed’ position of a circuit breaker

AssemblyClip on the left side of the circuit breaker.

ApplicationsAudible or visual indication of the open or closed stateof the circuit. The indication can be given on the frontof a cubicle or enclosure or grouped on a control desk.Can be used in conjunction with an alarm switch.

Alarm switch (SD) to indicate circuitbreaker opening on a fault (tripped)


ApplicationsAudible or visual indication of a fault on an electricalcircuit in air conditioned rooms, passenger and goodslifts, ventilation etc. May be used in conjunction withan auxiliary ON/OFF switch.

Shunt trip unit (MX) for remote tripping


Applicationsremote opening of electrical circuits.

Under voltage release unit (MN)to ensure automatic tripping in case ofunder voltage and for remote trippingby EMERGENCY STOP push button


ApplicationsAutomatic tripping of a circuit breaker whenever thevoltage drops sufficiently below its nominal rated voltage. Remote tripping of a circuit breaker by ‘emergency stop’ or other N.C. push button.

Electrical auxiliariesMX + OF and MXV releases for

NG125 circuit breakers

139

NG12514 12 C2

N LMX + OF

U >

C1

NG125

NG125

Vigi NG125

SDV

N L

MXV

1211 M2M1

=max.1 mA

ACTp

OFF

LN

Remote operation with MX + OF

Remote opening, by circuit breaker tripping,of electrical lighting circuits, etc.

OF or SD indication

OF auxiliary contact: Indication by dry contact of circuit breaker

"open or closed" condition Indication is either on the front face of the

cubicle or enclosure or centralised on a display console

SD fault indicating switch Indication of a fault on a circuit breaker:

climatic chamber, elevator, ventilation, etc

Remote operation with MXV

Remote tripping by MXV with information feedback by SDV The control switch (luminous or not) trips the

circuit breaker by means of the Vigi equipped with an MXV

An indicator, via the SDV switch in the NO condition, lights up when the Vigi module has tripped on an outgoer or by MXV

Upstream voltage taps

The voltage taps supply auxiliary circuits in order toperform the following functions: Indication, measurement Emergency stopping Remote transfer

NG12524 22 21

N LO+F

NG12596 98 95

N LSD

DC operationMiniature circuit breakers

140

Selecting the circuit breaker The selection of the type of circuit breaker most suitable for protection of a d.c. installation dependsmainly on the following criteria: The rated current, which determines the rating of

the equipment The type of system (1,2 or 3), (see below) The rated voltage, which determines the number of

poles to be involved in breaking

Breaking capacity of miniature circuit breakers on d.c. (in brackets, the number of poles involved in breaking) Type of D.C. breaking capacity(kA)-L/R < 0.015s circuit breaker (IEC 947-2 ,lcu)

Voltage 24/48V 125V 250V 500VC60HB/HC 20 (1) 25 (2) 50 (4) -C60HD 20 (1) 25 (2) 50 (4) -C120 - 15,000 25,000 -NG125N - 36,000 36,000 -NG125H - 36,000 36,000 -

The maximum short circuit current at the point ofinstallation, which determines the breaking capacity. Magnetic trip threshold increases by 1.4

Calculation the short circuit current(Isc) across the terminals of a batteryWhen a short circuit occurs across its terminals, abattery discharges a current given by Ohm's law:

Where Vb = the maximum discharge voltage (battery100 % charged).and Ri = the internal resistance equivalent to the sumof the cell resistances (figure generally given by the manufacturer according to the capacity of the battery).

ExampleWhat is the short circuit current at theterminals of a standing battery with thefollowing characteristics: Capacity: 500Ah Max. discharge voltage: 240V

(110 cells of 2.2V) Discharge current: 300A Autonomy: 1/2 hour Internal resistance: 0.5mΩ

per cellRi = 110 x 0.5 10 - 3 = 55 x10 - 3

Type of system Earthed systems Insulated systemsOne polarity of the DC supply is A centre point of the DC supply isearthed earthed

Diagramsand variouscases of faults

Fault effect Fault A Max. Isc Isc close to max. Isc No effectthe positive polarity the positive polarity is the onlyis the only one involved one involved, voltage U/2

Fault B Max. Isc Max. Isc Max. Iscboth polarities are involved both polarities are involved both polarities are involved

Fault C No effect Same as fault A but this is the No effectnegative polarity which is involved

Most unfavourable case Fault A Faults A and C Fault BDistribution of the The poles required to perform On each polarity there must be the the poles required to performbreaking poles the break are in series number of poles required to perform the break are shared between

on the positive polarity (1),(2) the break of max. Isc at U/2 the 2 polarities

U

ia

b

R

AB

C

U

ia

b

R

AB

C

U/2+U/2

ia

b

R

AB

C

Isc = VbRi

Isc = = 4.4kA 24055 10 -3

As the above calculationshows, the shor circuitcurrent is relativelyweak.

Note: If the internal resistance isnot known, the following approximate formula can beused: Isc = kC, where C is thecapacity of the battery expressedin Ampere hours, and k is acoefficient close to 10 but in anycase always lower than 20.

240 Vdc300A500AhRi = 0.5mΩ/cell

+

-250V =

Load

C120H3P80A

+

-250V =

Load

C120H4P100A

+

-250V =

Load

NS400H2P400A

(1) Or negative if the positive polarity is earthed. (2) An extra pole will be needed on the earthed polarity to provide isolation

Utilisation at 400HzPractical advice

141

The greater part of multi 9 circuit breakers can beused on 400Hz networks. Short-circuit currents at400Hz generator terminals do not, in general, exceedthe nominal current by more than 4 times. Therefore,breaking capacity problems are very rare.

Multi 9 circuit breakers

No thermal derating Increase of magnetic thresholds: Coefficient 1.5 for DPN Coefficient 1.48 for C60 Residual current circuit-breakers from the multi 9 range can be used on 400Hz

networks. It should be noted that the mA threshold varies depending on the network's frequency (see curves below)

Note:In 400Hz, the test circuit for residual current devices may present the risk of notfunctioning when actioning the test button because of threshold variation. Accordingto international studies (IEC 60479-2), the human body is less sensitive to a 400Hzcurrent that passes through the body; so well that, even though the residual currentdevice has had its frequency desensitised, these devices still ensure the protectionof persons. The method for choosing residual current devices in 400Hz is thus thesame as that for 50Hz.

RCCB Operating residual current variation curves

Curve No.Class Rating Sensitivity (mA)

(A) 10 30 100 300 500AC 25 2 1 - 1 1

25-40 - 1 1 1 163-80-100 - 2 1 1 1

A 16-25-40-63 - 3 - 2 2si type 4 - 4 -Selective s ( AC, A ) - - - 2 2

Vigi C60 Operating residual current variation curves

Curve No.Class Rating Sensitivity Sens.

(mA) (A)(A) 10 30 100 300 1A 3A

Vigi C60 110/220 V - 50HzAC 25 2 1 1 - -

63 - 2 1 - -

Vigi C60 2, 3 and 4P 220/415 V - 50HzAC 25 2 1 1 - -

40-63 - 2 1 - -A 25-63 3 3 2 2 -

All typesSelective s - 4 2 2 -

C60 si4

10 50 60 90 150 250 350 400 Hz0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

I n

10 50 60 90 150 250 350 400 Hz0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

I n

1234

12

Miniature circuit breakersFor use in conjunction with motor starters and transformers

142

Table 1 - 3 phase 415Vac D.O.L. starting

Recommended MCB

kW hHp Running I C60HB C60HC C60HD

0.12 0.166 0.65 2 2 1

0.18 0.25 0.7 2 2 1

0.25 0.33 0.87 4 2 1

0.37 0.5 1.35 4 4 2

0.55 0.75 1.55 4 4 2

0.75 1.0 1.93 6 4 4

1.1 1.5 2.5 6 6 4

1.5 2 3.5 10 10 6

2.2 3 4.8 16 10 10

3 4 6.4 20 20 10

3.75 5 7.8 25 25 16

4 5.5 8.1 25 25 16

5.5 7.5 11 32 32 16

7.5 10 14.4 50 50 20

9.33 12.5 17.3 63 50 20

11 15 21 63 63 25

13 17.5 25 - - 32

15 20 28 - - 40

18.5 25 35 - - 50

22 30 40 - - 50

30 40 54 - - 63

37 50 65.5 - - -

Table 2 - 1 phase 240Vac D.O.L. starting

kW Hp Running I C60HB C60HC C60HD

0.12 0.166 0.95 4 2 1

0.18 0.25 1.5 4 4 2

0.25 0.33 1.7 6 4 2

0.37 0.5 3 10 6 4

0.55 0.75 4.5 16 10 6

0.75 1 5.5 16 16 10

1.1 1.5 8.5 25 25 16

1.5 2 10.5 32 32 20

2.2 3 15.5 40 40 25

3 4 20 63 63 32

3.75 5 24 - 63 40

5.5 7.5 34 - - 50

6.3 8.5 36.5 - - 63

7.5 10 45 - - 63

11 15 66.5 - - -

Motor startersIn general miniature circuit breakers can give onlyshort circuit protection to motor loads due to the highstarting currents which may be encountered; typically3 - 12 times full load current (FLC).

AssumptionsThe tables give recommended MCB ratings for motors up to 37kW based on the followingassumptions:

Direct-on-line startingstarting current = 7 x FLC run up time = 6seconds, motors <3kW 10 seconds, motors < 22kW running currents = average values only (individualmanufacturer's figures will vary). four pole motors,i.e. speed approx. 1500rpm

For higher inertia loads, i.e. hoists or fans, run uptimes may be considerably longer than thoseassumed above. The rating of the MCB must takeaccount of the greater run up time and startingcurrent. The required MCB rating can be determinedby reference to time/current curves (consult us).

Star/delta startingSince, during the changeover from star to delta, ahigh current surge in the order of DOL values maybe met, the MCB rating selected should be thesame as that recommended for DOL starting

Miniature circuit breakersFor use in conjunction with

motor starters and transformers

143

Table 3 - 3 phase transformers 415Vac supplyVA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC C60HD500 0.7 4 2 1750 1.04 6 4 21000 1.39 10 6 42000 2.78 16 10 65000 6.95 40 25 1610000 13.89 - 50 2515000 20.84 - 63 3220000 27.78 - - 5025000 34.73 - - 6330000 41.67 - - 63

Table 4 - 1 phase transformers 240Vac supplyVA Primary In (A) C60HB C60HC C60HD50 0.21 2 - -100 0.42 4 2 1250 1.04 6 4 2500 2.08 16 10 41000 4.17 25 16 102500 10.42 63 32 165000 20.84 - 63 3210000 41.66 - - 6312500 52.08 - - -

TransformersHigh inrush currents are also produced when transformers are switched on, typically 10 - 15 times fullload current.

AssumptionsThe tables give recommended MCB ratings for singlephase transformers up to 12500VA and three phasetransformers up to 30000VA based on the following formula.

Inrush currentsWhen LV/LV transformers are switched on, very highinrush currents are produced which must be takeninto account when choosing overcurrent protectiondevices. The peak value of the first current wave oftenreaches 10 - 15 times the rated rms current of thetransformer and may reach values of 20 - 25 timesthe rated current even for transformers rated less than50kVA. This transient inrush current decays veryquickly (in a few milliseconds).

In

θ

I

t

1st peak10 to 25 In

P25M circuit breakersFor motor protection

144

Auxiliaries: Alarm switch. ON/OFF switch. Shunt trip release or

undervoltage release(emergency stop).

Single phase connection

Emergency switch wiring

Time/current characteristics

Choice of motor supply cable size When selecting the cable size the starting current of the motor and the permissiblevoltage drop must be taken into account. The cable must be capable of carrying apermanent service current at least equal to the sum of In + Is/3 where, In = rated current, Is = starting current (4 - 8 In) depending on the motor.

Voltage dropThe permissible voltage drop from the start of the installation to the motor in question is 6% for public distribution systems. If the torque of the machine to bedriven is low during starting it is only necessary to check the voltage drop for therated current of the motor. If the starting torque is high (grinding mills, goods lifts,etc.) the voltage drop should be checked for the starting current.

Protection of the line supplying the motorEvery circuit and every motor must be protectedagainst overloads and short circuits.

Phase failure protectionThe P25M protects each phase separately and interrupts all three phases in the event of a loss ofphase. Single phasing sensitivity is achieved bymeans of a differential trip which accelerates trippingshould phase failure occur.

Two poles ofthe apparatusmust be connected inseries for thesingle phasesupply

The early closing of the auxiliary contact is necessary toenable the closing of the circuit breakerequipped with anundervoltagerelease

20

10

5

2

140

20

10

5

2

1

200

50

20

5

21.5

x rated current

2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30

Min

utes

Sec

onds

Mill

isec

onds

U

N Ph

1

L1 L2 L3

3 5

2 4 6

P25M motor circuit breakerThis protects motors against overloads and short circuits. P25M type circuit breaker has on each pole athermal release for protection against overloads and amagnetic release for protection against short circuits.For high short circuit currents use the limiter block, Ref. 21115.For ratings from 0.16A - 10A. 415V or from 0.16 - 18A,240V; in this case the breaking capacity of the P25Mcircuit breaker is unlimited.

ApplicationsThe P25M circuit breaker is particularly suitable for protecting small machine tools and similar machines,with local control.

Thermal release settingsThe thermal releases are supplied set to the bottomvalue of the setting range. Simultaneous setting of thethermal releases can be carried out by opening thecover and adjusting the dial on the front face of theP25M. It is recommended that the thermal releases beset to the current that the motor absorbs in normal service and not to its rated current so as to provideeffective close protection.

Ambient temperature compensationClose protection against thermal overload is enhancedby thermal releases which are ambient temperaturecompensated over the range - 20°C - +60°C. Duringoverload conditions, tripping is delayed at lower ambient temperatures, from - 20°C - +20°C, and isaccelerated at higher ambient temperatures, from 20°C- +60°C.

Rating Settings Part No. Standard power ratings kW:In (A) of 3-phase motors 50 - 60Hz AC-3 category

230 400 415 440 500 6900.16 0.1 - 0.16 21100 - - - - - -0.25 0.16 - 0.25 21101 - - - - - -0.40 0.25 - 0.40 21102 - - - - - -0.63 0.40 - 0.63 21103 - - - - - 0.371.0 0.63 - 1 21104 - - - 0.37 0.37 0.551.6 1 - 1.6 21105 - 0.37 - 0.55 0.75 1.12.5 1.6 - 2.5 21106 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.54.0 2.5 - 4 21107 0.75 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.2 36.3 4 - 6.3 21108 1.1 2.2 2.2 3 3.7 410 6 - 10 21109 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 7.514 9 - 14 21110 3 5.5 5.5 7.5 9 1118 13 - 18 21111 4 7.5 9 9 10 1523 17 - 23 21112 5.5 9 11 11 11 18.525 20 - 25 21113 5.5 11 11 11 15 22

Types of RCD

145

ime(s)

000s

100s

10s

1s

00ms

100mA 300mA 600mA 1.5A 3A 500A

current (A)

Two families of RCD are offered in this catalogue (1) Those without overcurrent protection (RCDs)

e.g. RMGs (2) Those with overcurrent protection (RCBOs)

e.g. C60H rcbo’s and DPNMiniature circuit breakers combined with a residual current device, this RCD/MCB combination can berealised in the form of the C60H RCBO combinedRCD/MCB or by combining a vigi module with an MCB.

All of these units can be used to protect individual circuits or as devices mounted within individual enclosures. Individual out going circuits within type Aor type B MCB distribution boards can be protected byinstalling RCD/MCB combinations on that particular outgoing way. Groups of circuits can be protected within distribution boards by selection of either splitload or dual incomer units with selected circuits protected by RCD incoming devices. Complete distribution systems can be given RCD protection byinstalling an RMG RCD in a separate enclosure ahead of the distribution board or by using a distribution boardhaving an incoming rcd.

Unwanted trippingThe principal reasons for unwanted tripping of RCDsare lack of discrimination between rcd's (see followingparagraph) and transient earth leakage currents, whichhave various causes such as lightning strikes, switching surges (caused by switching inductive loads)or switching capacitive loads (RF filter networks, mineral insulated cables etc) All Merlin Gerin RCDsand RCD/MCBs incorporate a filtering device which minimises their response to transients, virtually eliminating unwanted tripping.

Discrimination of RCDsFigure 3: characteristic of 231 16, 300mA time delayedRCD with 10, 30 and 100mA instantaneous devicessuperimposed to show discrimination.

Wherever two or more rcd's are installed in series withone another, measures must be taken to ensure thatthey discriminate properly - in the event of an earthfault, only the device next upstream should operate.

RCDs do not discriminate on rated residual operatingcurrent sensitivity alone. In other words, a 100mAdevice upstream of a 30mA device will not offer inherent discrimination.

To provide the necessary discrimination, RCDs can beprovided with an inbuilt time delay mechanism, usually50ms. This inbuilt time delay is sufficient to allow thedownstream device to open the circuit before theupstream device starts to operate. Such an RCD mustbe used as the incomer to a split load boardincorporating two RCDs.

Zone Physiological Effects

Usually no reaction effects

Usually no harmful physiological effects

Usually no organic damage to be expected. Likelihood of muscular contraction and difficulty of breathing reversibledisturbances of formation and conduction of impulses in the heart and transient cardiac arrest without ventricular fibrillation increases with current magnitude and time

In addition to the effects of zone 3 probability of ventricular fibrillation increased up to 5% (Curve C2) up to 50%(Curve C3) and above 50% beyond Curve C3 Increasing with magnitude and time. pathyphysiological effects suchas cardiac arrest, breathing arrest and heavy burns may occur.

4

3

2

1

IEC publication 479 "effects of currents passing through the human body"

TIME/CURRENT ZONES OF EFFECTS OF A.C. CURRENT (15 - 100HZ) ON PERSONS WITH STANDARD RCD CHARACTERISTICS SUPERIMPOSED

10

20

50

100

200

500

1000

2000

5000

10000

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 10000

time

in m

illis

econ

ds

current in milliamperes (R.M.S.)typical currentlimits due to body resistanceat 240V

a b c1 c2 c3 IEC 479

10mA 30mA 100mA

1 2 3 4

(fig. 3)

Merlin Gerin 300mA time delayed rcd

Typical 100mAinstantaneous rcd

Typical 30mAinstantaneous rcd

Degrees of protectionProvided by enclosures

146

ExampleIP 55

Protection indexEuropean standard EN60529 gives a protection code(IP) which characterises the ability of equipment towithstand the following external influences: Presence of solid bodies Presence of waterThis code comprises two digits, depending on theseexternal influences. The protection index is assignedto the equipment following a series of tests laid downin the respective standards.

External influencesIn many national and international standards, a largenumber of external influences to which an electrical installation can be subjected are indexed and coded:presence of water, presence of solid objects, risk ofimpact, vibrations, presence of corrosive substances,etc. These influences may be present with variableintensity depending on the conditions of installation:The presence of water may be in the form of a fewdrops or total immersion.

Test according to EN60529

1st digit

Protection against solid bodies

2nd digit

Protection against liquids

no protection

Protection against solid bodies greater than 50 mm

Protection against solid bodies greater than12.5mm

Protection against solid bodies greater than 2.5 mm

Protection against solid bodies greater than 1 mm

Protection against dust(no harmfuldeposits)

Total protection against dust

No protection

Protection againstvertical drops ofwater (condensation)

Protection againstdrops of water fallingup to 15° fromvertical

Protection againstrainwater up to 60°from vertical

Protection againstwater projected fromall directions

protection againsthosing with waterfrom all directions

Protection againstswamping with water

Protection againstimmersion

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Protection against hosingwith water from all directions

Protection against dust(no harmful deposits)

ø 50mm

ø 12.5mm

ø 2.5mm

ø 1mm

Choosing a surge arrester for LV networksPRD/PF

147

Load considerations The surge arrester’s level of protection (Up) depends on the installed equipment and the rated voltage of the

installation Up must lie between The full voltage of the permanent operating conditions (Uc) The impulse withstand voltage (Uchoc) of the equipment to be protected: Uc<Up<Uchoc

8/20 impulse withstand table for equipment to be protected General standard: IEC 60364-4

Placing several surge arresters in a cascading configuration

Rated voltage Equipment sensitivity withstand (Uchoc)of the installationThree phase Reduced Normal High Very highnetworks electronic circuit electrical household industrial industrial

devices: appliances: devices: devices:televisions, alarms, HiFi, dishwashers, ovens motors, distribution video recorders, refrigerators, cabinets, electric meters,computers portable tools current sockets, telemeterstelecommunication transfos.

400/690/1000 2.5 kV 4 kV 6 kV 8 kV230/440 V 1.5 kV 2.5 kV 4 kV 6 kV

shock wave shock wave shock wave shock wavecategory I category II category III category IV

Earthing systems TT TN-S TN-C ITUc value for common mode ≥ 1.5 Uo ≥ 1.5 Uo ≥ 1.5 Uo ≥ 1.732 Uo(protection between live conductors and earth)Uc value for differential mode ≥ 1.1 Uo ≥ 1.1 Uo ≥ 1.1 Uo(protection between phase and neutral)Uo: Simple network voltage between phase and neutral.Uc: Full voltage under permanent operating conditions.Uc: Value as in the French standard: NF C 15100 section 534.

The incoming surge arrester (P1) is dimensioned torun off lightning currents at the source of the installation, 2 cases are possible: If there is a level of protection (Up) too high for

the impulse withstand voltage (Uchoc) of the installation's equipment:

A secondary protection surge arrester (P2) placednear loads is sufficient, to lower the voltage and make it compatible with the impulse withstand voltage of the equipment to be protected

If sensitive equipment is too far from the incomingsurge arrester (d ≥ 30 m figure 2):

A secondary protection surge arrester (P2) placednear loads suffices, to lower the voltage and make it compatible with the impulse withstand voltage of the equipment to be protected

P1

P1 P2

E

E

Up:

2 kV

Uchoc:

1.5 kV

Up:

2 kV

Uchoc:

1.5 kVUp:

1.2 kV

Example figure 1 P1

P1 P2

d ≥30 m

E

E

Example figure 2

E: Equipment to be protected with impulse withstandof 1.5 kV

P1: incoming surge arrester dimensioned with In andImax that are sufficient enough to face lightningcurrents that may appear and with a level of protection of 2.5 kV

P2: Surge arrester near equipment to be protectedwith an adapted level of protection and which isco-ordonated with P1

E: Equipment to be protected with impulse withstandof 1.5 kV

P1: Incoming surge arrester dimensioned with Inand Imax that are sufficient enough to facelightning currents that may appear and with alevel of protection of 1.5 kV. This level of 1.5 kV isacceptable in principle (even though there is nomargin), but the distance d is too great

P2: Surge arrester near equipment to be protectedwith an adapted level of protection and which isco-ordonated with P1


148

Site characteristics

Selection depending on the earthing system

If a lightning rod is planned or has already been installed on the building (or ina 50 m radius):

Choose an incoming protection device with an Imax of 65 kA. lightning flashdensity (Ng)

Mount a surge arrester Imax: 8 kA in a cascading configuration if: The distance between the incoming surge arrester and loads is ≥30 m The surge arrester's voltage Up is too high in regards to the sensitivity of the

load to be protected (Uchoc)

Up surge arrester < Uchoc switchgear

Installation without a lighting conductor

Residential

Geographical location Urban Rural

Lightning flash density (Ng) ≤ 0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 ≥ 1.6 ≤ 0.5 0.5<Ng<1.6 ≥ 1.6

Imax (kA) incoming protection 15* 15 15 15 30 - 40 65

Imax (kA) secondary protection if: 8 8

Up too high and/or d ≥ 30 m

(*) recommended

Tertiary/industrial (1)

Continuity of supply of the Not necessary Partial Essential

operation

Consequence (financial) Low High Very high

of a lightning stroke on

equipment to be protected

Lightning flash density (Ng)

Imax (kA) incoming protection

Imax (kA) secondary protection if:

Up too high and/or d ≥ 30 m

(1) since in the tertiary/industrial sector the cost of equipment to be protected is higher, damage due to lightning is more significant

≤0.5

15

0.5<Ng<1.6

15

≥1.6

30 - 40

8

≤0.5

15

0.5<Ng<1.6

30 - 40

8

≥1.6

65

8

≤0.5

30 - 40

8

0.5<Ng<1.6

65

8

≥1.6

65

8

Earthing systems TT TN-S TN-C IT IT non-distributed distributedneutral neutral

Draw out surge arrestersPRD MC 1P

Uc = 275 VMC 3PUc = 440 V 3PMC/MD 1P+N 1P+N 1P+NUc = 440/275 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+N

Fixed surge arrestersPF 30 - 65 kA MC 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N

Uc = 440 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+NPF 8 - 15 kA MC/MD 1P+N 1P+N 1P+N

Uc = 440/275 V 3P+N 3P+N 3P+NPE MC 1P

(Uc = 440 V) 3x1P 3x1P


149

After having chosen the surge arrester(s) needed toprotect the installation, the appropriate disconnectioncircuit breaker is to be chosen from the oppositetable: Its breaking capacity must be compatible with the

installation's breaking capacity Each live conductor must be protected example:

a 1P+N surge arrester must be combined with a 2P disconnection circuit breaker (2 protected poles)

Choosing a disconnection circuit breaker

Maximum lightning disconnection discharge current circuit breaker

Rating Curve Range8-15-30-40 kA 20 A C -65 kA 50 A C -

Co-ordinating 2 surge arresters (the 10 m rule)In the case of an exposed site and the presence ofsensitive loads, it is recommended to co-ordinateupstream and downstream protection in a cascadingconfiguration.

Installation constraints

The 50 cm rule in the switchboardConnections must be as short as possible.Do not exceed a distance of 50 cm, to efficiently protect electrical loads.

O-OFF

O-OFF

T

OFF

O-OFF

O-OFF

O-OFF

O-OFF

NL

MERLINGER

IN

C40r-275

Imax:40kA(8/20)

In:15kA(8/20)

Up:1,2kV

Uc:275V

multi 9

PRDMER

LIN GERIN

C Neutral r

multi 9

PRD

d1

d2

d3

PRD

type

or delayed

d1+d2+d3 ≤ 50 cm

O-OFF

O-OFF

NL

MERLIN

GERINmulti 9

PRDMERLIN

GERIN

C Neutral r

multi 9

PRD

O-OFF

O-OFF

NL

MERLIN

GERINmulti 9

PRDMERLIN

GERIN

C Neutral r

multi 9

PRD

PRD1

PRD2

O-OFF

O-OFF

incomer end protection

secondary protection

ContactorsCT

150

Table 1: Heating Maximum power (kW)for a given rating

Type of heating Contactor rating (A)(AC1 - AC7a 25 40 63 100categories)400/415V heatingNo. of ops per day 25 5.4 8.6 14 21.6

50 5.4 8.6 14 21.675 4.6 7.4 12 18100 4 6 9.5 14250 2.5 3.8 6 9500 1.7 2.7 4.5 6.8

230/240V heatingNo. of ops per day 25 16 26 41 63

50 16 26 41 6375 14 22 35 52100 11 17 26 40250 5 8 13 19500 3.5 6 9 14

CT 2000 contactor applications

Inrush and holding power

Type Rating Consumption Maximum(A) inrush holding power

(VA) (VA)1P, 2P 16/25 15 3.8 1.33P, 4P 16/25 34 4.6 1.62P 40/63 34 4.6 1.63P, 4P 40/63 53 6.5 2.12P 100 53 6.5 2.14P 100 106 13 4.2

Choice of contactor Heating circuits: (AC7a table 1)

Table 1: maximum power (kW) controlled by acontactor as a function of contactor rating andservice voltage. Example of use: electric heating units, water heaters

Lighting circuits: (AC5, table 2 and 3)choice of contactor and maximum number of loaddevices controlled as a function of the unit power(W) of the load devices and the service voltage:incandescent lamps, fluorescent lamps withstarter, (individual mounting), sodium vapourlamps

Utility motors (AC7b, table 4) maximum power(kW) controlled by a contactor as a function ofcontactor rating and operating voltage. Typicalapplications: small pumps, compressors andmachine tools

Grouping of contactorsWhen contactors are mounted side by side on thesame DIN rail, a spacer must be fitted between everypair of contactors. Contactor bank spacer cat. ref.27062 enables contactors to be spaced 9mm apart toimprove ventilation and prevent overheating.

Note:For normal usage there is generally no requirement toderate due to the high calibration temperatureemployed.

Installation recommendations for contactors - when sited in close proximity to electronic equipment i.e. remote control switches, programmable timers etc.1. Install two contactor spacers between the

contactor and the electronic equipment.2. Ensure contactor coil circuit and electronic

equipment supply circuit are separated.3. Where more than one DIN rail is available the

contactor must be mounted on the upper rail and the electronic equipment on the lower rail.

4. Where only one DIN rail is available, the contactormust be mounted to the RHS of electronic equipment on horizontal rails and above electronicequipment on vertical rails.

ContactorsCT

151

Table 4: Utility Maximum power (kW)motors for a given rating

Type of motor Contactor rating (A)(AC7b category) 16 25 40 63 100230/240V - 1.4 2.5 4 4400/415V - 4 7.5 15 15

Table 3: Sodium Maximum number oflighting lamps for a given rating

230/240V Power Contactor rating (A)(W) 16 25 40 63 100

Low pressure sodium (with compensation)18 14 21 40 60 6035 3 5 10 15 1555 3 5 10 15 1590 2 5 6 11 11135 1 2 4 6 6180 1 2 4 6 6

High pressure sodium (without compensation)70 8 12 20 32 32150 4 7 13 18 18250 2 4 8 11 11400 1 3 5 8 81000 - 1 2 3 3

High pressure sodium (with compensation)70 6 9 18 25 25150 6 9 18 25 25250 2 4 8 12 12400 2 3 6 9 91000 1 2 4 6 6

Table 2: Lighting Maximum number oflamps for a given rating

230/240V Power Contactor rating (A)(W) 16 25 40 63 100

Incandescent lamp with/without halogen gas40 38 57 115 172 25060 30 45 85 125 18775 25 38 70 100 150100 19 28 50 73 110150 12 18 35 50 75200 10 14 26 37 55300 7 10 18 25 37500 4 6 10 15 221000 2 3 6 8 12

12V halogen lamp (with ELV transformer)20 15 23 42 63 9450 10 15 27 42 6375 8 12 23 35 52100 6 9 18 27 40150 4 6 13 19 28

26mm fluorescent (single tube with parallel capacitor)15 15 20 40 60 9018 15 20 40 60 9020 15 20 40 60 9036 15 20 40 60 9040 15 20 40 60 9058 10 15 30 43 6465 10 15 30 43 64115 5 7 14 20 30140 5 7 14 20 30

26mm fluorescent tube (single tube without capacitor)15 22 30 70 100 15018 22 30 70 100 15020 22 30 70 100 15036 20 28 60 90 13540 20 28 60 90 13558 13 17 35 56 8465 13 17 35 56 84115 7 10 20 32 48140 7 10 20 32 48

26mm fluorescent (twin tube with parallel capacitor)2x18 30 46 80 123 1802x20 30 46 80 123 1802x36 17 25 43 67 1002x40 17 25 43 67 1002x58 10 16 27 42 632x65 10 16 27 42 632x118 6 10 16 25 372x140 6 10 16 25 37

26mm fluorescent (four tube with parallel capacitor)4x18 15 23 46 69 100

Electronic ballast (1 x 26mm tube)18 74 111 222 333 50036 38 58 117 176 26058 25 37 74 111 160

Electronic ballast (2 x 26mm tube)2x18 36 55 111 166 2502x36 20 30 60 90 1352x58 12 19 38 57 85

Electronic compact7 133 200 400 600 90011 80 120 240 360 54015 58 88 176 264 39620 44 66 132 200 30023 38 57 114 171 256

To obtain the maximum number of lamps on threephase four wire circuits, multiply the maximum number of lights for single phase by three.

For three phase, three wire, the following formulamust be applied

Single phase quantity X 31,732

Time delay contactor auxiliaryACTt

152

ACTt 4 types of delay: Type A time delay puts back loads energisation Type B time delay energises a load for a given time, once the control contact

has closed (push button) Type C time delay extends load energisation Type H time delay energises a load for a given time, as log as the control

contact remains closed Time delay range: 1s - 10h Accuracy:+/- 0.5%

Type AThe single time delay cycle begins on energisationand the load is energised at the end of time delay T

T

S

0

CT

t

CTACTt

A1

A2

1

2

S

L

N

Load

Type BThe single time delay cycle begins when the controlcontact is closed

T

CT

BP

U(A1 A2)

0

t

CTACTt

A1

B1

Y1

1

2

A2

BP

B2

L

N

Load

Type CThe single time delay cycle begins when the controlcontact is (pushbutton) is released, at the end of timedelay T, the load is de-energised again

T

CT

BP

U(A1 A2)

0

t

CTACTt

A1

B1

Y1

1

2

A2

BP

L

N

Load

Type DThe single time delay cycle begins on energisation.the load is de-energised again at the end of timedelay T or when the control contact is released

T

CT

S

0

t

CTACTt

A1 1

2

A2B2

S

L

N

Load

153

TL impulse relaysPractical advice

The table below indicates the maximum power ratingof a number of lamps that can be installed on impulserelay controlled 240V single phase circuit. For other voltages please consult us.

impulse relay max power (W)

Impulse relay rating 16A 32ALightingIncandescent Tungsten filament (240 V)lighting 40 60 75 100 200 W

40 25 20 16 8 1600106 66 53 42 21 4260

With halogen (240 V)300 500 1000 1500 W5 3 1 1 150013 8 4 2 4000

VLV halogen lighting (12 or 24 V with transformer)20 50 75 100 W70 28 19 14 1400180 74 50 37 3700

Fluorescent Single with starter (non compensated)lighting 18 36 58 W

70 35 21 1300186 93 55 3400

Single with starter (compensated)18 36 58W50 25 16 930133 66 42 2400

Double with series compensated starter2x18 2x36 2x58W56 28 17 2000148 74 45 5300

Single HF ballast16 32 50W80 40 26 1300212 106 69 3400

Double HF ballast2x16 2x32 2x50W40 20 13 1300106 53 34 3400

Discharge Low pressure sodium vapourlamps 55 90 135 180 W

24 15 10 7 130063 40 26 18 3400

High pressure sodium vapour or metal halide250 400 1000 W5 3 1 130013 8 3 3400

154

Lighting management MIN and PREOperation diagrams

MIN timer Time delay of 1 - 7 min Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts

the timer Continuous mode by pressing switch (S) on front

face

MINe timer Time delay of 3 or 20 min Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts

the timer

MINs timer Time delay of 30s - 8 min Pressing one of the push buttons again restarts

the timer Continuous mode by pressing switch (S) on front

face

PRE switch off warning Switch off warning (P) of 20 - 40 s 50% reduction

in luminous flux

UZ

S

< 2 s< 2 s

BP

UZ

tt

< 2 s< 2 s

BP

UZ

20 min3 min

UZ

S

< 2 s< 2 s

BP

UZ

20 mint

P

UZ

50%

KeyS: Switch on front faceT: Time delayP: Switch off warning

155

Movement detectorCE30

0 30

3

0

1

2

3

1

2

m

m

m 0

2.5 m

4 12 20 30m8 18 24 2820 24 29161231

110˚

1 beam5 beams

20˚

Function

The CE30 controls switching on and off of lighting by detection of movements ofpeople and according to ambient brightness.

The CE30 controls switching on of lighting if a movement is detected and if theambient brightness is less than the pre-set threshold.

After the last movement detected, it controls switching off of lighting on completionof a time delay that can be set beforehand.

Data Power supply: 230V +/- 10%, 50 - 60Hz

Detection angle: 20°

Configuration of detection angle by cover cut out

Range: 30m

Setting of the brightness threshold for lighting control: 5 - 300lux

Setting of the time delay between the last movement detected and switching offof lighting: 40 seconds - 8 minutes

Output contact:

10A cos Ø = 1

5A cos Ø = 0.5

Incandescent lights: relays compulsory

Degree of protection: IP43

Connection: 1.05mm2 spring tunnel type terminals

Consumption : < 1W

Operating temperature: -25 to +55°C

Approvals: VDE-SEMKO-KEMA-KEUR

L

N

L N

156

Movement detectorCDM

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

5

0

1

2

3

4

5

1

23

4

m

m

m 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12m

2.5 m180˚

Function

The CDM controls switching on and off of lighting by detection of movements ofpeople and according to ambient brightness.

The CDM controls switching on of lighting if a movement is detected and if theambient brightness is less than the pre-set threshold.

After the last movement detected, it controls switching off of lighting on completionof a time delay that can be set beforehand.

Data Power supply: 230 V -10% +6%, 50 - 60Hz

Detection angle: 0° - 180º

Configuration of detection angle by cover cut-out

Range; 0 - 12 m according to slope adjustment

Setting of the brightness threshold for lighting control: 3 - 80 lux

Setting of the time delay between the last movement detected and switching offof lighting: 4 seconds - 15 minutes

Lighting power

Incandescent lights: 1000 W max

Halogen lamps: 500 W max

Fluorescent and fluocompact lights: relays compulsory.


Connection: screw terminals up to 205 mm2

Consumption: 1.1 VA

Operating temperature: -25 to +50 º C

Approvals: VDE-SEMKO-KEMA-KEUR

L

N

L N

157

LN

N L L

CDP

Presence detectorCDP

Function

The CDP controls switching on and off lighting according to the presence of aperson and ambient brightness.

It allows detection:

Of presence (zone A), the system detects the slightest motions,

Of movements (zone B), the system detects movements.

The CDP controls switching on if presence is detected and if ambient brightness isless than the set threshold.

It controls switching off of lighting if the outside light becomes greater the thethreshold, even in the event of movement.

Data Power supply: 230 V +/- 10%, 50 Hz

Detection angle: Horizontal 360º, vertical 180º

Recommended floor/ceiling clearance: 2.2 - 3 m

Maximum range for recommended clearance:

4m diameter presence detection zone (small motions)

24m diameter movement detection zone (movements)

Setting the brightness threshold for lighting control: 20 - 1300 lux

Setting the time delay between the last movement detected and switch off oflighting: 4 - 15 min

Lighting power

incandescent lights: 2000W max

LV halogen lights (230V) and ELV (12V): 1000W max

Fluorescent lights with conventional ballast: 1000W max (cos Ø = 0.5)

Fluorescent lights with parallel corrected ballast: 500W max ( cos Ø = 0.5)


Operating temperature: -25ºC to +55ºC

Storage temperature: -25ºC to +70ºC

Weight: 144g

Dimensions:

Diameter; 120mm

Height: 70mm

Fixing centre distance: 81mm

3601m1 m 2 m2 m12 m 12 m0

AB B

158

Presence detectorCDPt

Function

The CDpt reserved for installations with 1 - 10V control ballast, regulates lightingintensity according to the presence of a person and ambient lighting.

It maintains ambient brightness at a level set by lighting variation.

The TDP remote control allows manual monitoring of lighting independently ofdetector settings.

It allows detection

Of presence (zone A) the system detects the slightest motions

Of movements (zone B), the system detects movements

Data Power supply: 230V +/- 10%, 50Hz

Detection angle:horizontal 360º, vertical 180º

Recommended floor/ceiling clearance: 2.5 - 3m

Maximum range for recommended clearance:

4m diameter motion detection zone (small motions)

24m diameter movement detection zone (movements)

Setting the brightness threshold for lighting control: 100 - 1300 lux

Setting the time delay between the last movement detected and switch off oflighting: 4 - 15 min

Lighting power(max. number of 1 - 10V ballasts)

16 x (1 x 36W)

12 x (1 x 58W)

12 x (2 x 36W)

8 x (2 x 58W)


Operating temperature: -15ºC to +55ºC

Storage temperature: -25ºC to +70 ºC

Weight: 144g

Dimensions:

Diameter: 120mm

Height: 70mm

Fixing centre distance: 81mm

Remote control (TDP)

Range: 4m

Power supply: 2 xLR03-1.5V batteries (not supplied)

LN

LN L

CDPt

1-10 V

3601m1 m 2 m2 m12 m 12 m0

AB B

159

PM9 multimeterConnection

Three phase network + neutral: 3 x 230/400V

L1 L2 L3

P1

P2 S2

S1

P1

P2 S2

S1

P1

P2 S2

S1

1

N

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18


L1 L2 L3

P1

P2 S2

S1

P1

P2 S2

S1

P1

P2 S2

S1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

230V


L1 L2 L3

P1

P2 S2

S1

P1

P2 S2

S1

P1

P2 S2

S1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

!

Three phase network with or without neutral greater than 400V

Caution Do not earth the CT secondary (S2)

Networks greater than 5A: Measurements require use of current transformers

with a 5A secondary

The measurements require use of voltagetransformers (VT) with a 230V secondary

It is essential to comply with routing direction ofpower cables in the current transformer primary.The cables enter in P1 and leave in P2 in thedirection of the loads

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

L1

L2

L3

N

L1

L2

L3TT (VT)x 230V

P1

P2 S2

S1


160

4 wire connection with 3 CT’s and no VT

PM700

3 wire connection with 2 CT’s and 2 VT’s

PM700

PM700

PM700

161

TI current tranformersChoosing a current transformer

Choosing a current transformer2 criteria exist for choosing a TI:

The Ip/5A ratio The type of installationThe Ip/5A ratio:It is recommended that a ratio immediately superior to the measured current (In) bechosen. Ex: In = 1103 A; ratio chosen: 1250/5Type of installation:Which TI model to choose depends on the type of installation: Insulated cables Prisma vertical busbars Insulated flexible busbars Linergy vertical busbars Rigid busbars

Important warning: Never open the secondary circuit of a current transformer while the primary circuitis energised. Before any kind of maintenance service on the secondary circuit, the secondary terminals on the transformer must be short circuited.

Determining the accuracy class of a TI:The accuracy class is a function of the transformer’s power and the consumption of the the weighing system. The latter takes device and cable consumption intoaccount. For a given accuracy class, consumption of the weighing system must not exceed the power on the TI transformer.

Primary copper Power in VAcable cross section doubled meter atin mm2 200C1 11.5 0.6852.5 0.414 0.2546 0.16910 0.0975For each temperation variation of 100C, the powerabsorbed by the cables rises by 4%

Merlin Gerin Consumptiondevice (VA)Ammeter 72 x 72 0.75Analogue ammeter 1.25Ammeter Digipact IM100 0.5Digital ammeter 0.3PM measurement centre 0.25CDS 0.25RCI 0.5CE tri 1CEr tri 1Varlogic regulator 0.7

Example

The accuracy class of the TI is deduced: Class 3 for a TI with a ratio of 50/5 Class 0.5 for a TI with a ratio of 100/5 Class 0.5 for a TI with a ratio of 125/5

Consumption of a weighing system at 200CCDS 0.25VADigital ammeter + 0.30VA2 meters of doubled wire 2.5mm2 + 0.82VAWeighing system consumption = 1.37VA

Dimensions Section eight

Type A distribution board 164

Type B distribution board 165

Heavy duty distribution board 166

Single phase type P&PS pan assembly 167

Three phase type P pan assembly 168

B series enclosure 169

Three phase type PS pan assembly 170

Three phase type E pan assembly 171

MCB and accessories 172 - 177

Local control devices 179

Remote control devices 180 - 181

Time management 182

Lighting management 183

Metering and measurement 184 - 187

Heating management 188

Mini Opale enclosures 189

G9 enclosures 189

Modular enclosures 189

Pragma C IP40 191

UT enclosures 192

Pragma C IP55 enclosures 194

Prisma GK enclosures 193

Kaedra enclosures 190

UP enclosures 195163

Dimensions (mm)A type distribution boards

164

Part No. A BMGAN6 260 264MGAN9, MGAN42SL 315 264

MGAN12, MGAN46DS, MGAN416/96MS 370 264

MGAN15, MGAN66/76DS, MGAN48/66DS,

MGAN520/716/912/1010/126MS, 450 264

MGAN23, MGAN1228MS (two row unit) 370 494

A series enclosurePart No. A BMGAN16DE 260 264MGAN22DE 315 264MGAN28DE 370 264MGAN34DE 450 264MGAN56DE* 370 494* 2 row enclosureAll other dimensions as A type distribution board

NEUTRAL COVER

ISOLATE SUPPLYBEFORE REMOVAL

NEUTRAL COVER


NEUTRAL COVER


NEUTRAL COVER


NEUTRAL COVER



NEUTRAL CONNECTIONCOVER

LN

A

A

31

9625

3

3

Ø32 Ø25 Ø20

3

18

B

6060

12

Datum

ø6.25

ø13

Key hole slot dimensions

Dimensions (mm)B type distribution boards

165

Part No. A BMGBN4,MGBN6 484 386MGBN8 538 440

MGBN12 700 602

MGAN16, MGAN18 808 710

MGAN24 970 872

Dimensions (mm)Heavy duty distribution board (100A)IP55 weatherproof

166

Part No. No. of Dimensions (mm)outgoing ways Height Width Depth

MGBN6HDGK 6 650 600 290*MGBN8HDGK 8 650 600 290*MGBN12HDGK 12 850 600 290*MGBN16HDGK 16 850 600 290** Denotes the maximum depth dimensions with key fitted.

525

625

575/775

max.

700/900max.

M8

ø12 ø7

10

10

B board extension box enclosures

Part No. AMGBNEXN 124MGBNEX034N 140MGBNKWH 124MGBNEXA15N 140MGBN100CCI 140MGBNDSI 124

270

470 A

6060

65

65

Dimensions (mm)Single phase type P & PS

167

Fixing details

Reference A B C D E F GMGAN6P/PS 196 182 145 70.12 70.12 - 18.5MGAN9P/PS 250 236 199 70.12 36.01 70.12 27.5MGAN12P/PS 304 290 253 70.12 108.01 70.12 18.5MGAN15P/PS 358 344 307 97.12 108.01 97.12 18.5


NEUTRAL COVER NEUTRAL COVER


NEUTRAL COVER


NEUTRAL COVER


NEUTRAL COVER


COVER CUTOUT


NEUTRAL CONNECTIONCOVER

LN

62

88

Front cover

23.5

121.7

46

18.5

B

DG

E F

C

75

BA

X

28X

X

5.3

4.2

Dimensions (mm)Three phase type E

168

Part No. A BMGBN4E 325 346MGBN6E 400 421MGBN8E 450 471MGBN12E 550 571MGBN16E 650 671MGBN18E 725 746MGBN24E 875 896

87.00 21.60

Inside of cover35

0.00

Dimension A

250.

00

Incoming device cut-out centre

87.00

125A 152.00250A

Dimension B

106.

86

Dimensions (mm)B series enclosures IP31

169

Part No. AMGBN4SXS/SXP 484

MGBN8SXS/SXP 538

MGBN12SXS/SXP 700

MGBN16SXS/SXP 808

MGBN24SXS/SXP 970

140380 45

3

45

450

45

A

45

12

Datum

ø6.5

ø13

Key hole slot dimensions

Dimensions (mm)Three phase type PS

170

Reference LengthMGBN4PS 108.0 1 x 4 way

MGBN6PS 162.0 1 x 6 way



MGBN16PS 432.0 2 x 6 way + 1 x 4 way



204.2 78.8 6.5

4 Way Assembly

A

A

6 Way Assembly

Leng

thLe

ngth

13.00

89.76

170.70

13.0

0

Fixing holes for M4 screws

183.70

GE

C

F

D

BA

Reference A B C D E F GMGBN4PS 99.58

MGBN6PS 153.52

MGBN8PS 99.52 108.0 99.52

MGBN12PS 153.52 162.0 153.52

MGBN16PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 99.52

MGBN18PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 153.52

MGBN24PS 153.52 162.0 153.52 324.0 153.52 486.0 153.52

Dimensions (mm)Three phase type EV

171

Part No. A BMGBN4EV 325 346

MGBN6EV 400 421

MGBN8EV 450 471

MGBN12EV 550 571

MGBN16EV 650 671

MGBN18EV 725 746

MGBN24EV 875 896

87.00 21.60

Inside of cover35

0.00

Dimension A

250.

00

Incoming device cut-out centre

87.00

125A 152.00250A

Dimension B

106.

86

Dimensions (mm)

172

C60 RCBO

TM C60 auxiliaries

OF, SD, OF+SD/OF, MX, MN auxiliaries for C60H, C60H RCBOs

C60/RMG/MGV/DPN/DPN+Vigi

B

G

F

E

D

A

45

C60+any code Miniature circuit breakers 1,2,3,4 70 18 36 54 72 60 44 76 81RMG+any code Residual current devices 2,4 69 36 72 60 44 76 81MGV+any code Vigi rcd for C60H MCBs 70 36 72 60 44 75 81DPN 1Ph+N MCB 1 70 18 60 44 75 81DPN+Vigi 1Ph+N RCBO 2 36 60 44 75 81

Part No. Description Width A B B B B D E F Gin 18mm 1P 2P 3P 4PSP ways

Dimensions (mm)C120 and Vigi circuit breakers

173

Miniature circuit breakers

Vigi

OF, SD, OF+SD/OF, MX, MN auxiliaries

Terminal shield Screw shield Inter-pole barriers Plug in base

Tm C120 auxiliaries

Dimensions (mm)TMC60 auxiliaries and C60H RCBO

174

TM C60 auxiliaries

C60H RCBO

Dimensions (mm)P25M circuit breakers

Vigi circuit breakers

175

P25M circuit breaker OF, MX, MN auxiliaries Limiter block

Insulated enclosure

DPN and DPN N circuit breakers DPN vigi and DPN n vigi circuit breakers

Vigi circuit breakers

Dimensions (mm)NG125 circuit breakers

176

NG125 circuit breakers Screw shield

80mm Min.300m Max. 75

75

Rotary handle Terminal shield

Distribloc MN, MX, OF and SD

Dimensions (mm)NG125 Vigi

177

NG125 Vigi circuit breakers

Screw shield

Dimensions (mm)Local control

178

Bell and safety transformers

V indicator lights BP pushbuttons10

CM selector switches

15213, 15216 15212, 15218, 15219, 15220, 15222

SO bell and RO buzzer

20 and 32A 40 - 125A

NO, NF auxiliaries

I switch disconnectors

15320, 15321, 15322, 15323

179

Dimensions (mm)Local control

PF8, PF30 and PF30r

PRD

PF65r

XB device holder

180

Dimensions (mm)Remote control

16/25A contactors

40/63A contactors

100A contactors

4P3P

16/25A contactors

40/63A contactors

CT contactors with manual operating mechanism

181

Dimensions (mm)Remote control

ACTo+f, ACTt and ACTp

Add-on auxiliaries

RLI changeover relay RBN low level relay

ERL extension

Relays and extensions

TL and ETL extensions

Impulse relays

ATLc+s add-on auxiliaries

Impulse relays

RT, etc. time delay relays

182

Dimensions (mm)Time management

IH time switch 24 hours IH time switch 60 min, 24h, 24h+7d, 7d

Time switches

15720, 15721, 15722, 15723

IHP programmable time switches

ITM multifunction time switch

183

Dimensions (mm)Lighting management

MIN timers 15231, 15232, 15363 and PRE timer 15233

Timer and switch off warning

IC200 IC2000 IC2000P

IC200, IC2000 and IC2000P

Front face and wall mounted cells

IC light sensitive switches

CE

CDM and CE30 movement detection control switches

CDP, CDPt and TDP

CDP, CDPt TDP

CDM

184

Dimensions (mm)Metering and measurement

53

90

CE and CEr kilowatt hour meters CI/CH counters

ME3, ME4 watt hour meters ME1 watt hour meters

Digital VLT and AMP Analogue VLT and AMP

CMA and CMV CME

PM9 multimeter


185

Front panel mounting


186

Series PM700 dimensions

187

Dimensions (mm)Metering and measurement

16500 - 16506 and 16541 - 16456 16509 - 16515 and 16459 - 16465

16518 - 16521 and 16468 - 16471 16523 - 16524 and 16473 - 16474

16526 - 16535 and 16476 - 16483 16537 - 16538

16540 - 16544 16545 - 16547

16548 - 16549

188

Dimensions (mm)Heating management

Ambient temp probe (15846) Outdoor temp probe (15847)

44 292553

61

59

17

TH3 thermostat TH6 thermostat

TH thermostats

189

Dimensions (mm)Enclosures, Mini Opale, G9

Mini Opale enclosures Part No. H W D A B E13392 130 44 57 36 65 1113394 130 80 57 72 65 1113396 160 119 65 108 80 1913398 160 155 65 151 80 19

E

44

B

BA

W

H

D

G9 enclosures

Part No. A14599 7214603 9920

20

50.5 50.5

25 50 25

32.5 36 32.5

27.5

27.5

514599/14603 99560

A122.5

46 210

63

77

77

46

101

200

63

190

Dimensions (mm)Weatherproof Kaedra IP65

70

111.5

200

L

Front view

Wall mounting4 modules

Side view

43.5

35.5

3.5 ø22.8

18.5

Position of DIN rail

41.5

47.5

39.3

140

=A

= ==

30

8 and 12 modules

140

==

30

Number of A Lmodules4 - 1238 88 19512 160 267

191

Dimensions (mm)Pragma C IP40 enclosures

Number of ranges A H1 10901/10911 105 2502 10902/10912 230 3753 10903/10913 455 5004 10904/10914 610 752

275

234105

270

135

150

7070

125

118

25

230

24

47.5

72

53.5

59.5

65.5

78

84

90

250

35

32

25

20

16

65

42

A

216

H46

136

125

115

252

125

752

125

136

275

65

65

43

35353535

192

Dimensions (mm)UT enclosures IP54

F

G

36

P

42

ø10

ø9

M3

12

1345

249 24

P1

P2

P3

N1

Q1

15

25

B

A

L

2525

2545I

QM

45

4545

K

N

H

J

D

25C

100

100

N2

Q2

N3

Q3

Encl.ref.

Weight(kg)

Ext. dimensions (mm)

H W D

Internal area

A B

Useable area ondoor

C D

Cable space* 2 Gland plates

F G

Wall fixings

I J K M

Chassisfixings

N Q

04583

04584

04585

04586

04587

04588

04590

3

6.5

9.5

10

15

20

35

300

400

500

600

700

800

1000

250

300

400

400

500

600

800

150

200

200

200

200

250

250

205

255

355

355

455

555

755

255

355

455

555

655

755

955

150

200

300

300

400

500

700

240

340

440

540

640

740

940

180

216

315

315

315

315

315*

62

62

120

120

120

120

120*

200

250

350

350

450

550

750

250

350

450

550

650

750

950

308

358

458

458

558

658

858

358

458

558

658

758

858

1058

175

225

325

325

425

525

725

235

325

425

525

625

725

925

Encl.ref.

Available depth

P1 P2 P3 N1 Q1 N2 Q2 N3 Q3

Chassis and mounting plates

04583

04584

04585

04586

04587

04588

04590

104

164

164

164

164

224

224

95

155

155

155

155

215

215

89

149

149

149

149

179

179

235

335

335

435

535

735

340

440

540

640

740

940

194

254

344

344

434

534

734

229

334

442

547

647

747

937

200

250

350

350

450

550

750

250

350

450

550

650

750

950

193

Dimensions (mm)Prisma GK IP55

EnclosureNumber of modules H1 A B7 425 375 47511 625 575 67515 825 775 87519 1025 975 107523 1225 1175 127527 1425 1375 147533 1725 1675 1775

25

DoorsNumber of modules C D E H7 420 - 284 45011 620 200 484 65015 820 400 684 85019 1020 600 884 105023 1220 800 1084 125027 1420 - 1284 145033 1720 - 1584 1750

450

25

575

25

H1

M6

525

650

A

M8 ø12

25

25

B

600

68

68

55

60

570

30

230260

E C H

=

=CE H

68

68 320/570

600

420

420

320/570

600

60

95

D

210

7 modules

11 - 23 modules

194

Dimensions (mm)Pragma C IP55 enclosures

Adjustable DIN rail height within the enclosure

285

148.5

125

2.1

46

H

216127.5

47

26

ø30

230

A

62.5

16759.5

X2

X1

20

35 3 x 29

8 x ø23

4 x ø29

125

148.5

70

285

39

47.5

39

72

Number of ranges A H1 10941 150 2792 10942 275 4043 10943 400 5294 10944 525 654

X1 = 47.5X2 = 71.5

195

Dimensions (mm)UP IP66 enclosures

Part No.

02504/02514

02505/02515

02506/02516

02507/02517

02508/02518

H

400

500

600

700

800

L

300

400

400

500

600

P

200

200

250

300

300

J

375

475

575

675

775

K

150

250

250

350

450

A

325

425

525

625

725

I

225

325

325

425

525

F

380

480

580

680

780

G

260

360

360

460

560

C

137

112

170

145

195

K

PLG

I

ø8

M

H J

M8

FA

Schneider Electric Overview Section nine

197

Schneider ElectricAn overview

198

Schneider Electric operates the largest, dedicated sales force in the UKelectrical industry.

Sales engineers have specialist expertise and an understanding of the customer needswithin each of the following market sectors:

Building systems and solutions

Industrial systems and solutions

Energy and infrastructure systems andsolutions

Schneider Electrics expertise is founded on itsthree international brands – Merlin Gerin, Square Dand Telemecanique.

With over 100 years experience in the electrical industry,Schneider Electric has established itself as a world and UK leaderin the supply and manufacture of products for the distribution,monitoring and control of electrical power.

Schneider Electric regards its customers as commercial partners,who, like us, demand the highest standards of excellence in termsof products, projects and services.

Schneider Electric is proud to provide the solutions to meet theirneeds.


Building systems and solutions

199

The real reason for putting technology intobuildings is to simplify tasks, enhance safety andimprove the quality of life.

Schneider Electric knows this and has created attractive,functional products for the residential building sector. Well beingcomfort and entertainment are key concepts in this area.

Related industries

Retail

Education

Health

Entertainment centres

Offices

Warehouses

Agriculture

Factory

Private residential

Public residential

Principal customers in the construction market

Contracting authorities

Main contractors

Building engineers

Schneider Electric means greater comfort, lower operating costs and enhanced safety.

The same objectives apply to commercial buildings such asoffices, hotels, shopping centres, hospitals, schools and carefacilities for the elderly.

Schneider Electric offer a wide range of solutions in the area ofbuilding management services and uses its expertise in all ofthese buildings to protect people and equipment.

Schneider ElectricAn overviewIndustrial systems and solutions

200

Across a wide range of applications including:

Conveyors

Packaging

Materials handling

Hoisting

Schneider Electric focus on performance in all areas of industry.

Our products and services adapt to each specific business and environment, fromdiscrete manufacturing and production lines to continuous processes in a wide variety ofindustries such as:

Automotive

Food and beverage

Pharmaceuticals

Construction materials

Waste management


Energy infrastructure systems and solutions

201

Key markets

Electricity distribution

Water

Rail

Airports

Seaports

Defence

Gas

Telecommunications

Road

Schneider Electric is involved in the entire electrical distribution chainfrom power plants to end users. Customer demand for completeavailability, uncompromising quality and absolute safety has made thesearch for excellence our key mission.

Today, electrical substation and network protection, monitoring and control are highlyeffective in reducing outage time.

Proven technologies offer a wide range of simple, efficient and flexible solutions foroptimised, step by step investments.

Infrastructure

Schneider Electric is involved in developing infrastructure andtransportation systems around the world. In areas where nofailures can be tolerated, such as road and rail equipment,harbour installations and airports, Schneider Electric providessolutions in electrical distribution, control and monitoring,automation and supervision.

Principal customers in the electric power market

Power suppliers involved in generation and distribution

Utility companies

Major contractors

Large end user sites

Government departments

Schneider ElectricAn overviewProjects & Services - delivering tailored solutions for your business

202

We provide solutions enabling you to reduce the totalcost and lifetime ownership risk of your electricaldistribution and automation systems, whilst fulfiling yourongoing quality, safety and environmental obligations.

co

nsultation

trai

ning

mode r n i s a t i o n

o p e r a t i o n

implemen

tati

on

design

Choice of servicesOur services aim to add value to each project phase, butthe choice of services you use is entirely yours. You maywant a full set of services that together provide a packageof support covering the entire lifecycle of your project, oryou can select a combination of services to complementyour resources or knowledge.If you are not sure of what you need, our consultationservices will help you to define the parameters of yoursolution.

ConsultationThese services provide you with an assured way to roadmap your project. We take your ideas and requirementsand apply our wide range of application experience andtechnical competence to produce conceptual designs andindicative costings.

DesignUsing the analysis from the consultation phase, orinformation that you may provide, the design phase selectsthe most suitable equipment and provides detaileddrawings and technical specifications.

ImplementationThis is often the most time-pressured stage of a projectwhen schedules demand fast implementation andcommissioning. These services provide high qualityinstallation and commissioning, preceded by thoroughpreparation.

OperationEfficient operation is vital to derive the best value from yourinvestment. These services ensure that installations achievethe highest operational efficiency and are cost effectivelymaintained with minimum downtime.

ModernisationFaulty or ageing equipment can be refurbished andrepaired if this is the most cost effective action.

TrainingA wide range of training services are available includingproduct standards and legislation. Each is regularlyupdated to stay current with the latest technology. Trainingcan be delivered at a Schneider Electric training facility, orat a customer’s own site.

Pro

jects & Services

Comprehensive quick reference index Section ten

203

NoteFor items without a page number please see MGD5336*This contains information on MCCB connection systems 15 - 2000A. Please visit www.schneider.co.uk to downloadthe relevant information.

*This reference will change after October 2005 to MGLV5751

BP

C60HB101

C60HB102

C60HB104

C60HB106

C60HB110

C60HB116

C60HB120

C60HB125

C60HB132

C60HB140

C60HB150

C60HB163

C60HB201

C60HB202

C60HB204

C60HB206

C60HB210

C60HB216

C60HB220

C60HB225

C60HB232

C60HB240

C60HB250

C60HB263

C60HB301

C60HB302

C60HB304

C60HB306

C60HB310

C60HB316

C60HB320

C60HB325

C60HB332

C60HB340

C60HB350

C60HB363

C60HB401

C60HB402

C60HB404

C60HB406

C60HB410

C60HB416

C60HB420

C60HB425

C60HB432

C60HB440

C60HB450

C60HB463

C60HC101

C60HC102

C60HC104

C60HC106

C60HC10R100

C60HC10R30

C60HC10RA30

C60HC110

C60HC116

C60HC120

C60HC125

C60HC132

C60HC140

C60HC150

C60HC163

C60HC16R100

C60HC16R30

C60HC16RA30

C60HC201

C60HC202

C60HC204

C60HC206

C60HC20R100

C60HC20R30

C60HC20RA30

C60HC210

C60HC216

C60HC220

C60HC225

C60HC232

C60HC240

C60HC250

C60HC263

C60HC301

IndexBy part number

204

5 blanking plates

1P 1A mcb type B

1P 2A mcb type B

1P 4A mcb type B

1P 6A mcb type B

1P 10A mcb type B

1P 16A mcb type B

1P 20A mcb type B

1P 25A mcb type B

1P 32A mcb type B

1P 40A mcb type B

1P 50A mcb type B

1P 63A mcb type B

2P 1A mcb type B

2P 2A mcb type B

2P 4A mcb type B

2P 6A mcb type B

2P 10A mcb type B

2P 16A mcb type B

2P 20A mcb type B

2P 25A mcb type B

2P 32A mcb type B

2P 40A mcb type B

2P 50A mcb type B

2P 63A mcb type B

3P 1A mcb type B

3P 2A mcb type B

3P 4A mcb type B

3P 6A mcb type B

3P 10A mcb type B

3P 16A mcb type B

3P 20A mcb type B

3P 25A mcb type B

3P 32A mcb type B

3P 40A mcb type B

3P 50A mcb type B

3P 63A mcb type B

4P 1A mcb type B

4P 2A mcb type B

4P 4A mcb type B

4P 6A mcb type B

4P 10A mcb type B

4P 16A mcb type B

4P 20A mcb type B

4P 25A mcb type B

4P 32A mcb type B

4P 40A mcb type B

4P 50A mcb type B

4P 63A mcb type B

1P 1A mcb type C

1P 2A mcb type C

1P 4A mcb type C

1P 6A mcb type C

RCBO 10A 100MA Type C


RCBO 10A 30mA Class A Type C

1P 10A mcb type C

1P 16A mcb type C

1P 20A mcb type C

1P 25A mcb type C

1P 32A mcb type C

1P 40A mcb type C

1P 50A mcb type C

1P 63A mcb type C

RCBO 16A 100MA TypeC



2P 1A mcb type C

2P 2A mcb type C

2P 4A mcb type C

2P 6A mcb type C




2P 10A mcb type C

2P 16A mcb type C

2P 20A mcb type C

2P 25A mcb type C

2P 32A mcb type C

2P 40A mcb type C

2P 50A mcb type C

2P 63A mcb type C

3P 1A mcb type C

Part

11,18

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

24

24

24

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

24

24

24

22

22

22

22

24

24

24

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

Page No.Description

C60HC302

C60HC304

C60HC306

C60HC310

C60HC316

C60HC320

C60HC325

C60HC32R100

C60HC32R30

C60HC32RA30

C60HC332

C60HC340

C60HC350

C60HC363

C60HC45R100

C60HC45R30

C60HC45RA30

C60HC6R100

C60HC6R30

C60HD101

C60HD102

C60HD104

C60HD106

C60HD110

C60HD116

C60HD120

C60HD125

C60HD132

C60HD140

C60HD150

C60HD163

C60HD201

C60HD202

C60HD204

C60HD206

C60HD210

C60HD216

C60HD220

C60HD225

C60HD232

C60HD240

C60HD250

C60HD263

C60HD301

C60HD302

C60HD304

C60HD306

C60HD310

C60HD316

C60HD320

C60HD325

C60HD332

C60HD340

C60HD350

C60HD363

MBBN24C

MG125SPEV

MG12EE

MG16C14

MG16C14T

MG16CEM4

MG16CEX4

MG18EE

MG24EE

MG250SPEV

MG25C2

MG25C2M

MG25C4

MG25C4M

MG25EXC

MG25FCC2

MG25FCC4

MG2C13

MG2C250FS

MG2C5

MG2C7

MG2C9

MG36EE

MG48EE

MG54EE

MG64M

MG66M

MG6C12

3P 2A mcb type C

3P 4A mcb type C

3P 6A mcb type C

3P 10A mcb type C

3P 16A mcb type C

3P 20A mcb type C

3P 25A mcb type C

RCBO 32A 100mA Type C



3P 32A mcb type C

3P 40A mcb type C

3P 50A mcb type C

3P 63A mcb type C





RCBO 6A 30mA Type C

1P 1A mcb type D

1P 2A mcb type C

1P 4A mcb type C

1P 6A mcb type C

1P 10A mcb type C

1P 16A mcb type C

1P 20A mcb type C

1P 25A mcb type C

1P 32A mcb type C

1P 40A mcb type C

1P 50A mcb type C

1P 63A mcb type C

2P 1A mcb type C

2P 2A MCB

2P 4A MCB

2P 6A MCB

2P 10A MCB

2P 16A MCB

2P 20A MCB

2P 25A MCB

2P 32A MCB

2P 40A MCB

2P 50A MCB

2P 63A MCB

3P 1A MCB

3P 2A MCB

3P 4A MCB

3P 6A MCB

3P 10A MCB

3P 16A MCB

3P 20A MCB

3P 25A MCB

3P 32A MCB

3P 40A MCB

3P 50A MCB

3P 63A MCB

Door and cover for MGB24N

125A single phasing kit

12 way extra earth bar

Powerpact 4 1600A 14 way Panelboard

Powerpact 4 1600A 14 way Panelboard- top entry

Powerpact 4 side extension panel 400W

Powerpact 4 side extension panel 400W with metering facility



250A single phasing kit

Powerboard 250A 9 SP ways

Powerboard 250A 9 SP ways with metering facility

Powerboard 250A 13 SP ways

Powerboard 250A 13 SP ways with metering facility

Panelboard extension box for MG25P2

Powerpact 4 door & cover 9 way

Powerpact 4 door & cover 13 way

Panelboard 250A 13 way

Powerpact 4 fuse incomer for 250A







Powerpact 4 400A metering kit


Panelboard 630A 36 SP ways

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

24

24

24

22

22

22

22

24

24

24

24

24

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

20

19

16

16

16

19

16

16

16

Part Page No.Description

MG6C18

MG6C6

MG6CEX

MG6FCC12

MG6FCC18

MG6FCC6

MG6PAC12

MG6PAC18

MG6PAC24

MG6PAC30

MG6PAC6

MG6PACN

MG6PAFC12

MG6PAFC18

MG6PAFC6

MG6PANKIT

MG72EE

MG88M

MG8C12

MG8C12T

MG8C18

MG8C18T

MG8C6

MG8C6T

MG8FCC12

MG8FCC18

MG8FCC6

MG8PAC12

MG8PAC18

MG8PAC24

MG8PAC30

MG8PAC6

MG8PACN3

MG8PACN4

MG8PANKIT

MGACE

MGALK

MGAN1010MS

MGAN12

MGAN1228MS

MGAN126MS

MGAN12C

MGAN12FK

MGAN12P

MGAN12PS

MGAN15

MGAN15C

MGAN15FK

MGAN15P

MGAN15PS

MGAN23

MGAN23C

MGAN24FK

MGAN416MS

MGAN46DS

MGAN46SL

MGAN48SL

MGAN520MS

MGAN6

MGAN66DS

MGAN66SL

MGAN6C

MGAN6FK

MGAN6P

MGAN6PS

MGAN716MS

MGAN76DS

MGAN9

MGAN912MS

MGAN96MS

MGAN9C

MGAN9FK

MGAN9P

MGAN9PS

MGANWL

MGBGPEXN

MGBL

MGBN100CCI

MGBN12

MGBN12C

MGBN12E

MGBN12HDGK

MGBN12P



Panelboard top/bott 200mm extension

Cover 630A 36 way panelboard



Outgoing pan assembly 630A 36 SP ways





Incoming pan assembly 630A

Cover 630/800A 36 way pan assembly



18 way neutral bar kit 630A




Panelboard 800A 12 way top entry





Cover for 800A 36 way panelboard








Incoming pan assembly NS800 3P

Incoming pan assembly NS800 4P

18 way neutral bar kit 800A

Clean earth kit A

M4 & M6 Allen key kit

10 way + 5 SP way DIN rail dist. board

12 way SP Distribution Board

12 way+14 SP way DIN rail dist. board


Door and cover for MGA12N

Flush mounting kit for A type

A board replacement pan ass 12 way

pan ass 12 way SP&N black sliders










4 way cir/t A, 6 way cir/t B dist. board

4+6 way SP&N split load dist. board



















A board spare labels

Gland plate for Isobar 4 extension box

Key lock for new Isobar door catch

Isobar 4 contactor incomer kit

12 way TP Distribution Board

Doo and cover for MGB12N

pan ass 12 way TP+ earth and neutral on mtg. plate

12 way IP55 type B heavy duty dist board

B board replacement pan ass 12 way

Part Description

MGBN12PE

MGBN12PS

MGBN12SXP

MGBN12SXS

MGBN16

MGBN16C

MGBN16E

MGBN16HDGK

MGBN16P

MGBN16PE

MGBN16PS

MGBN16SXP

MGBN16SXS

MGBN18

MGBN18C

MGBN18E

MGBN18P

MGBN18PS

MGBN24

MGBN24E

MGBN24P

MGBN24PE

MGBN24PS

MGBN24SXP

MGBN24SXS

MGBN4

MGBN4C

MGBN4E

MGBN4P

MGBN4PS

MGBN4SXP

MGBN4SXS

MGBN6

MGBN6C

MGBN6E

MGBN6HDGK

MGBN6P

MGBN6PE

MGBN6PS

MGBN8

MGBN8C

MGBN8E

MGBN8HDGK

MGBN8P

MGBN8PE

MGBN8PS

MGBN8SXP

MGBN8SXS

MGBNBCE25

MGBNBCE7

MGBNEX034N

MGBNEXA15N

MGBNEXN

MGBNGPN

MGBNKWH

MGBNSJK

MGBNTJKN

MGBNWL

MGE0632C

MGE0633C

MGE0634C

MGE0634EC

MGE1002C

MGE1003C

MGE1003SC

MGE1004C

MGE1004EC

MGE1004SC

MGE1004SEC

MGE1252C

MGE1253C

MGE1254C

MGE1254EC

MGE1602C

MGE1603C

MGE1603SC

MGE1604C

MGE1604EC

MGE1604SC

MGE1604SEC

MGE2003C

MGE2004C

MGE2004EC

pan ass 12 way TP+ E and N on mtg. plate

pan ass 12 way TP&N black sliders

51 SP way steel encl plain front cover

51 SP way steel enclslotted front cover









68 way steel enclslotted front cover

18 way TP&N metal distribution board




















Doo and cover for MGB6N















Spare earth/clean earth B boards

Spare earth/clean earth B boards

34 way mod extension box

15 way SP&N extension box

Type B board extension box + plain cover

Isobar 4 B board top/bottom gland plate

Kilowatt Hour Metering kit for MG B

Side joining kit

Joining kit B board top/bottom

B board self labels

Enclosed MCCB 63A 2P



Enclosed MCCB 63A 4P + earth fault



Enclosed switch disconnector 100A 3P


Enc MCCB 100A 4P + earth fault

Enc switch disconnector 100A 4P

Enclosed switch 100A 4P + earth fault







Enclosed switch 160A 3P


Enc MCCB 160A 4P + earth fault






Part Description

IndexBy part number

205

12,19

11

11

9

8

9

9

20

11

20

114

8

20

11

20

114

8

20

11

9

9

8

8

9

8

9

8

20

11

20

114

9

9

8

9

9

20

11

20

114

11

18

11,15,18,124

17

12

20

115

13

20

115

114

16,125

16,125

12

20

115

13

20

115

114

16,125

16,125

12

20

115

20

114

12

115

20

115

114

16,125

16,125

12

20

115

20

114

16,125

16,125

12

20

115

13

20

115

114

12

20

115

13

20

115

114

16,125

16,125

19

19

17

17

17

18

17

12,19

12,19

18

Page No. Page No.

MGE2503C

MGE2503SC

MGE2504C

MGE2504EC

MGE2504SC

MGE2504SEC

MGE4003C

MGE4003SC

MGE4004C

MGE4004EC

MGE4004SC

MGE4004SEC

MGE6303C

MGE6303SC

MGE6304C

MGE6304EC

MGE6304SC

MGE6304SEC

MGES063

MGES063R

MGES100

MGES100R

MGES160

MGES160R

MGES250

MGES250R

MGES320

MGES320R

MGES400

MGES400R

MGES500

MGES500R

MGES630

MGES630R

MGEX160C

MGEX250C

MGEX630C

MGFA0201C

MGFA0203C

MGFA0321C

MGFA0323C

MGFA0631C

MGFA0633C

MGFA1001C

MGFA1003C

MGFB20007C

MGFB20012C

MGFB20018C

MGFB40007C

MGFB40012C

MGFB40018C

MGFB63007C

MGFB63012C

MGFB63018C

MGFC200

MGFC400

MGFC630

MGFD1003C

MGFD1603C

MGFD2503C

MGFD4003C

MGFD5003C

MGFD6303C

MGFK200

MGFK400

MGFK630

MGFL0201C

MGFL0203C

MGFL0321C

MGFL0323C

MGFL0631C

MGFL0633C

MGFL1001C

MGFL1003C

MGFQ100

MGFQ160

MGFQ250

MGFQ400

MGFQ630

MGFS1003C

MGFS1603C

MGFS2003C

MGFS2503C

IndexBy part number

206



















Enclosed Interpact 63A

Enclosed Interpact 63A red/yellow handle















Safepact extension 100mm 63 - 250A

Safepact extension 200mm 63 - 250A

Safepact extension 200mm 630A

Switch disconnector fuse 20A SP&SwN

Switch disconnector fuse 20A TP&N







Busbar chamber 200A 750mm









Busbar cable connection kit 200A



Switch disconnector 100A TP&N





Switch disconnector# 630A TP&N

Busbar interconnection kit 200A



Switch disconnector 20A SP&SwN








Set of 3 copper links 100A





Fuse switch disconnector 100A TP&N





MGFS3153C

MGFS4003C

MGFS5003C

MGFS6303C

MGFX100C

MGFX160C

MGFX250C

MGFX500C

MGFX630C

MGFZ160

MGFZ250

MGFZ630

MGFZ630T

MGI1252

MGI1253N

MGI1254

MGK33

MGLA

MGLAP

MGN16DE

MGN22DE

MGN28DE

MGN34DE

MGN56DE

MGNA12

MGNA15

MGNA24

MGNA4

MGNA6

MGNA7

MGNA9

MGNB12

MGNB16

MGNB18

MGNB24

MGNB4

MGNB6

MGNB8

MGNCB1004

MGNCB1604

MGNCB2004

MGNCB2504

MGNDSI

MGNI1603

MGNI1604

MGNI160RCCB

MGNI2003

MGNI2004

MGNI2254

MGNI2503

MGNI2504

MGNPBN250TB

MGP0161

MGP0162

MGP0163

MGP0164

MGP0251

MGP0252

MGP0253

MGP0254

MGP0301

MGP0302

MGP0323

MGP0324

MGP0401

MGP0402

MGP0403

MGP0404

MGP0631

MGP0632

MGP0633

MGP0634

MGP0801

MGP0802

MGP0803

MGP0804

MGP1001

MGP1002

MGP1003

MGP1003NA

MGP1004

MGP1004NA

MGP1013





Cable box 100A

Cable box 160A

Cable box 250A

Cable box 315/400/500A

Cable box 630A

Fuse switch connection kit 100, 160A

Fuse switch connection kit 250A

Fuse switch connection 315 - 630A bottom

Fuse switch connection 315 - 630A top

125A 2P switch disconnector



2 keys for distribution board & panelboard

Locking attachment

Padlock for MGLA

16 MOD steel enclosure





Distributed neutral kit














100A 4P TP&N dist board MCCB incomer




Dual incoming unit for B board

160A 3P+N switch disconnector incomer


160A switch disconnector + earth fault






250A terminal block w/o extension box

Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 1P



























Powerpact 4 100A 3P switch disconnector




10

14

14

18

28

28

11, 124

11, 124

11, 124

11, 124

11, 124

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

15

15

15

15

15

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

X


MGP1014

MGP1251

MGP1252

MGP1253

MGP1254

MGP1601

MGP1602

MGP1603

MGP1603NA

MGP1604

MGP1604NA

MGP2003

MGP2004

MGP2503

MGP2503LL

MGP2503NA

MGP2503NAT

MGP2503T

MGP2504

MGP2504LL

MGP2504NA

MGP2504NAT

MGP2504T

MGP250NL

MGP4003

MGP4003NA

MGP4003NAT

MGP4003T

MGP4004

MGP4004NA

MGP4004NAT

MGP4004T

MGP6303

MGP6303NA

MGP6303NAT

MGP6303T

MGP6304

MGP6304NA

MGP6304NAT

MGP6304T

MGP630NL

MGP8003B5

MGP8003NA

MGP8004B5

MGP8004NA

MGPBB25

MGPBBP

MGPC2025

MGPC2050

MGPC4025

MGPC4050

MGPCH12

MGPCH18

MGPCH6

MGPCM12L

MGPCM12R

MGPCM18L

MGPCM18R

MGPCM6L

MGPCM6R

MGPE0163

MGPE0253

MGPE0403

MGPE0633

MGPE0803

MGPE1003

MGPE1253

MGPGPC8

MGPINC

MGPL

MGPLSK

MGPP4S007

MGPXC206

MGPXC212

MGPXC218

MGPXC506

MGPXC512

MGPXC518

MGPXCA6

MGPXCB12

MGTB1001

MGTB1252

MGTB1254















Powerpact 4 lug unit 3P





Powerpact 4 lug unit 4P




Powerpact 4 neutral link 250A

















Powerpact 4 neutral link 630A

Powerpact 4 800A 3P incoming


Powerpact 4 800A 4P incoming


Powerpact 4 25mm blank plate

Powerpact 4 SP blank plate

PP4 Panelboard corner unit 200H x 250W




Powerpact 4 shrouding kit 12 way



12 way left hand metering box

12 way right hand metering box





Powerpact 4 MCCB 16A 16kA 3P







Gland pl for Powerpact 4 630/800A

Powerpact 4 direct incomer 630A

Padlock with 2 keys

Spare key

Powerpact 4 door lock up to 800A

Powerpact 4 MG6P6 250mm extension






Powerpact 4 ICDSN unit for 6 way

Panelboard ICDSN unit for 12 way

100A 1P terminal block



Part Description

MGTB2504

MGV250102

MGV630302

MGV630304

MGV631002

MGV633002

MGV633004

MSIS95AN

NKIT

PM700

PM700P

PM710

PRGPM

RMG1000302

RMG1001002

RMG1001002S

RMG1003002

RMG160102

RMG250102

RMG250302

RMG250304

RMG253004

RMG400302

RMG400304

RMG403002

RMG403004

RMG630302

RMG630304

RMG631002

RMG631004

RMG633002

RMG633004

RMG800302

RMG801002

RMG803002

2499

2504

2505

2506

2507

2508

2510

2514

2515

2516

2517

2518

2520

2521

2524

2525

2526

2527

2528

2530

2554

2556

2557

2560

4012

4013

4014

4583

4584

4585

4586

4587

4588

4590

4629

5056

5114

5115

5116

5196

5224

5502

5503

5504

5505

5506

5507

5508


25A 10MA 2P Vigi

63A 30MA 2P Vigi

63A 30MA 4P Vigi

63A 100MA 2P Vigi

63A 300MA 2P Vigi

63A 300MA 4P Vigi

250A Incoming components for MG pan assembley

Pack of 4 neutral links

PowerLogic Meter

PowerLogic Meter

PowerLogic Meter

Gland plate metal

100A 30MA 2P RCD

100A 100MA 2P RCD

2P 100A 100MA

100A 300MA 2P RCD

16A 10MA 2P RCD

25A 10MA 2P

25A 30MA 2P RCD

25A 30MA 4P RCD

25A 300MA 4P RCD

40A 30MA 2P RCB

40A 30MA 4P RCD

40A 300MA 2P RCB

40A 300MA 4P RCD

63A 30MA 2P RCB

63A 30MA 4P RCD

63A 100MA 2P RCB

63A 100MA 4P RCD

63A 300MA 2P RCD

63A 300MA 4P RCD

80A 30MA 2P RCD

80A 100MA 2P RCD

80A 300MA 2P RCD

Aerosol paint - RAL7032

430x330x200mm enclosure and door




850x640x300mm eenclosure and door








External wall fixing lugs

Chassis for 430mm high enclosure






Variable sliders for 200mm enclosure




2P 1P+N Multiclip distribution block

3P Multiclip distribution block

4P 3P+1N Multiclip distribution block

Enclosure 300x250x150mm + door







Enclosure external + lugs

Enc stackable spacers, H=55mm

Enclosure clip-on nuts, M4 (x20)



UT enclosure key lock handle + 2 keys

Enclosure stack spacers,M8,H=50mm

Prisma GK W-M enclosure 7 mod.

Prisma GK W-M enclosure 11 mod.

Prisma GK W-M enclosure 15 mod





Part Description

IndexBy part number

207

76

76

18

10

15

15

23

23

23

23

23

23

115

11,19,21

43

43

43

127

10,74

74

10,74

74

74

74

74

74

74

74

74

74

74

10,74

10,74

10,74

10,74

10,74

10,74

10,74

10,74

10,74

128

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

132

116

116

116

128

128

128

128

128

128

128

128

138

132

132

132

128

132

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

Page No. Page No.

5532

5533

5534

5535

5536

5537

5538

5542

5543

5544

5545

5546

5547

5548

5557

5580

6619

7046

7802

7803

7804

7805

7806

7813

7814

9211

9214

9218

9219

9220

9224

9228

9231

9234

9238

9239

9240

9244

9248

9251

9252

9253

9254

9255

9257

9263

9264

9265

9266

9268

9917

10901

10902

10903

10904

10911

10912

10913

10914

13392

13394

13396

13398

13429

13430

13441

13442

13443

13444

13512

13514

13575

13576

13577

13578

13579

13581

13582

13583

13584

13585

13586

13587

IndexBy part number

208

Prisma GK plain door 7 mod.







Prisma GK trans. Door 7 mod.







Canopy W600 + hardware

Prisma GK handle + 2 key

5 Pratic adaptors

12x2 mm flat bar, L=461mm

plain front plate 2 mod

Plain front plate, 3 mod




Prisma front plate 3 mods

Prisma front plate 4 mod

Perforated mounting plate 300







Plain mounting plate 300x200







Vertical uprights 400 nominal





Vertical uprights 1000 nomina

4 Multi fix rails 300 nominal





Set of screw

1 row Pragma C IP40 + door




1 row Pragma C IP40 + Door




2 SP way Mini Opale enclosure




Blanking/label 10x5 way

Blanking strip 24 way

Kaedra 4 mod ins enclosure IP65




125A 4P multi-stage distribution block

125A 4P multi-stage distribution block

80A, 4 hole strip terminal block

80A terminal bock 8 hole


80A, 22 hole strip terminal block



4/8 hole terminal block yell/gr cover

IP2 cover for terminal block grn

4/8 hole terminal block red cover

IP2 cover for terminal block red

8 hole terminal block blue cover

IP2 cover for block blue 16

Part

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

119

116

129

129

129

129

129

129

129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

128,129

126

126

126

126

126

126

126

126

77,124

77,124

77,124

77,124

127

127

77,131

77,131

77,131

77,131

117

117

126,130,131

126,130,131

126,130,131

126,130,131

126,130,131

126,130,131

131

131

131

131

131

131

Page No.Description

13589

13600

13625

13665

13730

13811

13812

13813

13814

13815

13816

13841

13842

13843

13844

13845

13846

13851

13852

13853

13854

13855

13856

13861

13863

13864

13866

13871

13875

13876

13877

13879

13880

13947

13948

14181

14190

14210

14211

14599

14603

14801

14802

14803

14804

14811

14812

14813

14814

14818

14880

14881

14882

14883

14884

14885

14886

14887

14888

14890

14891

14892

14893

14894

14915

14936

14937

14938

14939

14949

14962

14963

14964

14965

14975

14976

14977

14979

14989

15005

15006

15007

15008

IP2 cover for block blue 16

Sloping terminal block support

Key lock for IP55 pragma c/d

Pragma C enclosure lock + key

Blanking strip grey 10x5 Mod

1 row Pragma metal enclosure



4 row Pragma enclosure



1 row Pragma enclosure + door












Interpact mounting/front plate

NS mounting plate & front plate

Pragma slotted mounting plate

Connections to Polybloc

1 row plain front plate

160A connection blocks

Earth/neutral terminal block

Enclosure door lock key No. 405

Label strip 24 pole

Enclosure touch up paint

Kaedra sealing kit

Lock & key for IP65 Mini Pragma

4 wall mounting brackets

Glands for Kaedra

Prisma P window 10 mod

Prisma P DIN rail support 10 mod

4 SP way G9 IP30 steel enclosure


1P comb busbar, 108x9mm



3P+N comb busbar, 108x9mm

1P comb busbar, 27mm pitch




Comb busbar end and tooth caps

1P+N comb busbar, 26x9mm





4 25mm2 insulated connectors

End caps 1P/2P/1P+N comb x40

End caps 3P/4P/3P+N comb x40

Tooth caps for comb teeth x40

Comb busbar, 1 P + N, 48x9mm

1P comb busbar (x2) 48x9mm

2P comb busbar 2x48mm



Symm/asym rail stops(x10)

1P terminal block

2P terminal block

1P terminal block

2P terminal block

140A 12 hole stepped terminals

80A 4 hole connection strip



125A,14 hole connection strip

80A 4 hole distribution block




Blue & yellow/green ident cards

20A 1P (I) switch disconnector




131

131

130

126

128,132

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

77,131

77,131

77,131

77,131

119

119

77,189

77,189

117

117

117

117

109,117

109,117

109,117

109,117

109,117

81,117

117

117

117

117

81,117

117

117

117

81,117

117

117

117

117

118

118

118

118

118

117

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

32

33

33

33


15009

15010

15011

15012

15013

15014

15015

15016

15019

15020

15023

15024

15057

15059

15060

15063

15064

15090

15091

15092

15093

15094

15096

15100

15101

15125

15126

15151

15152

15196

15201

15202

15208

15209

15212

15213

15214

15215

15216

15218

15219

15220

15222

15233

15266

15268

15270

15280

15281

15284

15319

15320

15321

15322

15323

15335

15336

15337

15338

15359

15363

15365

15366

15367

15368

15393

15409

15410

15411

15416

15440

15443

15464

15465

15466

15467

15500

15502

15503

15505

15510

15511

15512









40A 4P I switch disconector



40A SP I switch disconector




20A SP I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r

20A 2P I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r





Terminal shield (1P PR) for 100A

I switch disconnr auxiliary switch

32A SP I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r

32A 2P I sw'h discon'r + Indic'r

CMV voltmeter selector switch

CMA ammeter selector switch

Device holder - 22mm

Device holder - Universal

PM9 Multimeter

0 - 600Vac digital voltmeter

0 - 10A digital ammeter

20 - 100Hz digital frequency meter

Digital Ammeter range 0 - 5000A

240 - 8 - 12Vac 16VA bell transformer


Bell transformer 4VA 230 / 8 v

Bell transformer 25VA 230 / 12 - 24 v


240 - 12/24Vac 16VA transformer




MINp Delay off timer

IC2000P light level time switch

Photo cell for IC2000

Multi function time switch

Memory for MF timeswitch 15270

Photo cell for IC2000

IC200 light sensing switch

63A contactor 2NO+1NC 240V coil

SO bell 220/240 Volt

SO bell 12 Volt

RO buzzer 220/240 Volt

RO buzzer 12 Volt

24HR analogue time switch

24HR analogue time switch

IH 1c 24hr 150hr reserve 2 chan'l

IH 60 minute analogue time switch

MIN timer terminal shield

MIN time switch 1 - 7mins

IH 24 hour analogue time switch

IH 24 hour + 7 day analogue

IH 7 day analogue time switch

IC2000 light sensitive switch

2A 240Vac RBN changeover relay

ATLC+S impulse relay auxiiary

ATLC+C impulse relay aux

ATLT impulse relay aux

RTBT interface relay

Hours counter 240V

CI Impulse counting module

Single phase kilowatt hour meter

Three phase kilowatt hour meter

Single phase kWH meter

Three phase kWH meter

16A 1P 230 - 240Vac coil TL relay

1P 48Vac 24Vdc TLI relay

16A 1P 24Vac coil TL relay

32A 1P 230 - 240Vac ETL for TL32


16A 1P 130Vac 48Vdc TL relay

16A 1P 48Vac 24Vdc TL relay

Part Description

15513

15514

15515

15516

15517

15518

15520

15521

15522

15523

15524

15525

15526

15527

15528

15530

15531

15532

15533

15534

15535

15536

15537

15538

15539

15540

15541

15542

15636

15646

15651

15656

15658

15668

15687

15688

15689

15690

15692

15693

15695

15696

15720

15721

15722

15723

15775

15776

15777

15779

15840

15841

15845

15846

15847

15848

15854

15914

15917

15919

15920

15921

15922

15923

15957

15958

15959

15960

15961

15962

15963

15964

15966

15967

15968

15969

15971

15972

15973

15974

15975

15977

15978

16A 1P 24vac coil TL relay



TLM impulse relay

TLS impulse relay

TLC impulse relay

16A 2P 230 - 240vac coil TL relay

16A 2P 130Vac 48Vdc relay

16A 2P 48Vac 24Vdc relay


16A 2P 12vac coil TL relay

TLc impulse relay 24Vac

TLc impulse relay 48Vac

TLs impulse relay 24Vac 12Vdc

TLs impulse relay 48Vac 24Vdc

ETL 230 - 240Vac coil aux for Tl/TLI

16A 1P 130Vac 48Vdc ETL relay


ETL 24Vac coil aux for TL/TLI


10A (AC1) 240Vac RLI relay




10A (AC1) 240Vac ERL extension



10A (AC1)12Vac ERL extension

1 pole STI fuse carier

1 pole and neutral STI fuse carier

2 pole STI fuse carrier

3 pole STI fuse carier

3 pole and neutral STI fuse carier

Blown fuse indicator

PF30 10kA 1P+N surge arrester


PF30r 10kA 1P+N surge arrester

PF30r 10kA 3P+N surge arrester





1 channel IHP time switch




2A gG fuse links 10.3x38mm

4A gG fuse links 10.3x38



TH6 thermostat

TH3 thermostat

TH6 thermostat ground probe

TH6 thermostat ambient probe

TH6 thermostat outdoor probe

TH6 thermostat collar probe

IHP 18mm I channel

ACTo+F add on aux contact

ACTt add on time delay unit

ACTp filter 24V devices

ACTp filter 240V devices

25A 3/4P contactor screw shield

40/63A 2P contactor screw shield

63A 3/4P contactor screw shield

Contactor 16A 2NC 240V ac

25A 1P contactor 240V ac

25A 2P contactor 240Vac coil


25A 3P contactor 240V coil



25A 4P contactor 2NO+2NC






63A 3P contactor 3NO 240Vac coil






Part Description

IndexBy part number

209

32

33

33

33

32

33

33

33

33

33

33

32

32

33

33

32

33

32

33

33

33

33

33

32

33

64

64

42

42

63

62

62

62

62

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

34

58

59

59

57

57

59

59

46

35

35

35

35

55

55

55

55

58

58

55

55

55

59

48

54

54

54

48

68

68

67

67

67

67

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

53

48

48

48

48

48

48

48

48

36

36

36

36

36

36

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

38

56

56

56

56

36

36

36

36

71

71

71

71

71

71

56

47

47

47

47

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

Page No. Page No.

15981

15982

15983

15984

15986

15987

15988

16020

16022

16023

16024

16025

16026

16029

16030

16031

16032

16033

16034

16035

16036

16037

16038

16039

16040

16041

16042

16043

16044

16045

16060

16061

16065

16066

16067

16068

16069

16070

16111

16113

16115

16116

16118

16120

16122

16124

16126

16127

16129

16130

16261

16364

16451

16452

16453

16454

16456

16459

16460

16461

16462

16463

16464

16465

16468

16469

16470

16471

16473

16474

16476

16477

16478

16479

16480

16481

16482

16483

16500

16501

16502

16503

16504

IndexBy part number

210

25A 2P contactor with manual ctrl

Contactor W/MANL 3NO 25A



40A 4p contactor 4NO 240Vac coil









Ammeter 0 - 30A direct connection

AMP ammeter without scale 5A

AMP ammeter scale 0 - 5A















0 - 300V Modular Voltmeter

VLT voltmeter 0 - 500V

RTA time delay before ON relay

RTB time delay before OFF relay

RTC time delay before OFF relay

RTH time delay before OFF relay

RTL pulsed On and OFF timer

RTMF time delay relay

16A contactor 1NC 24Vac coil

16A contactor 1NO 240Vac coil


16A contactor 2NC 240Vac+Man





16A contactor 1NO+1NC 24Vac




80A 30mA 4P RCCB RMG

IH 1c 24hr no reserve

CT 50/5 trop 21mm ID 1.25VA



CT 125/5 trop 21mm ID 4VA


CT 150/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 5.5VA

CT 200/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 7VA

CT 250/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 9VA

CT 300/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 11VA

CT 400/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 15VA

CT 500/5 trop 22 ID/30x10 18VA

CT 600/5 trop 22ID/30x10 21.5VA

CT 250/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 5VA

CT 300/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 8VA

CT 400/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 12VA

CT 500/5 trop 35 ID/40x10 12VA

CT 500/5 trop 51X31/64X11

CT. 600/5 TROP 51X31/64X12

CT 200/5 trop 65x32 slot 2VA



CT 400/5 trop 65x32 slot 7.5VA






CT 50/5 STD 21mm ID 1.25VA



CT 125/5 STD 21mm ID 4VA

Part

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

51

51

51

51

51

51

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

46

14,74

55

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

Page No.Description

16505

16506

16509

16510

16511

16512

16513

16514

16515

16518

16519

16520

16521

16523

16524

16528

16529

16530

16531

16532

16533

16534

16535

16537

16538

16540

16541

16542

16543

16544

16545

16547

16548

16549

16550

16551

16552

16553

16557

16558

16559

16562

16563

16564

16567

16568

16569

16572

16573

16574

16577

16578

16579

16581

16583

16585

16587

16589

16590

16591

16627

16956

16990

16992

16994

16995

17065

17066

17067

17070

17071

17072

17075

17076

18030

18031

18032

18033

18034

18035

18036

18037

18038



CT 150/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 5.5VA

CT 200/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 7VA

CT 250/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 9VA

CT 300/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 11VA

CT 400/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 15VA

CT 500/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 18VA

CT 600/5 STD 22 ID/30x10 21.5VA

CT 250/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 5VA

CT 300/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 8VA

CT 400/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 12VA

CT 500/5 STD 35 ID/40x10 12VA

CT 500/5 STD 51X31/64X11

CT 600/5 STD 51X31/64X11

CT 300/5 STD 65x32 slot 6VA

CT 400/5 STD 65x32 slot 7.5VA







CT 1250/5











copper sleeve for 21mm ID CT

copper sleeve for 22mm ID CT

CT terminal cover

CT terminal cover

PRD65r 1P+N surge arrester

PRD65r 3P surge arrester



PRD40r 3P surge arrester


PRD40 1P+N surge arrester

PRD40 3P surge arrester








C65r - 275 surge arrester cartridge

C40r - 275 surge arrester cartridge

C40 - 275 surge arrester cartridge



C neutral r surge arrester cartridge

C neutral surge arrester cartridge

Curr transf 250/5


CDM PIR detector

Presence detector

CDPt Pressence detector

CDPt additional remote

ME1 kilowatt hour meter 63A

ME1z kilowatt hour meter 63A

ME1zr kilowatt hour meter 63A


6E4zr kilowatt hour meter 63A

ME4zrt kilowatt hour meter 63A


ME3zr kilowatt hour meter 63A

BP Grey pushbutton 1NC

BP Red pushbutton 1NC

BP Grey pushbutton 1NO

BP Grey pushbutton 1NO + 1NC

BP Double pushbutton 1NC + 1NO

BP Double pushbutton 1NO + 1NO

Grey p/button 1NO+ light

Grey p/button 1NC+red light

Grey p/button 1NO+green light

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

70

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

37

51

46

60

60

60

60

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

39


18039

18070

18071

18072

18073

18074

18308

18309

18310

18311

18312

18320

18321

18322

18323

18324

18326

18327

18330

18331

18332

18333

18334

18335

18394

18395

18396

18397

18398

18399

18400

18401

18402

18403

18404

18405

18406

18407

18408

18409

18410

18411

18412

18413

18414

18415

18416

18417

18418

18419

18420

18421

18422

18423

18424

18425

18426

18427

18428

18429

18430

18431

18432

18433

18434

18435

18436

18437

18438

18439

18440

18441

18442

18443

18444

18445

18446

18447

18448

18449

18450

18451

18452

Grey p/button 1NC+red light

CM 2 pos 20A selector switch





Contactor auxiliary ACTC

Contactor auxiliary ACTC

1P/2P TMC60 remote control

3P/4P TMC60 remote control

1 - 2P Tm remote control

V 110/230Vac red indicator light

V 110/230Vac green indicator light

V 110/230Vac white indicator light

V 110/230Vac blue indicator light

V 110/230Vac yellow indicator light

V 230Vac red flash indicator light

3 phase indicator lights 230/400V

V 12/48Vac/dc red indicator light

V 12/48Vac/dc green indicator light

V 12/48Vac/dc white indicator light

V 12/48Vac/dc blue indicator light

V 12/48Vac/dc yellow indicator light

110/230Vac double indicator light

10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type B












































10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type C















Part Description

18453

18454

18455

18456

18457

18458

18459

18460

18461

18462

18463

18464

18465

18466

18467

18468

18469

18470

18471

18472

18473

18474

18475

18476

18477

18478

18479

18480

18481

18482

18483

18484

18485

18486

18487

18488

18489

18490

18491

18492

18493

18494

18495

18496

18497

18498

18499

18500

18501

18502

18503

18504

18505

18506

18507

18508

18509

18510

18511

18512

18513

18514

18515

18516

18517

18518

18519

18520

18521

18522

18523

18524

18525

18526

18527

18528

18544

18545

18546

18547

18548

18549

18556






























10A 1P 15kA C120H MCB Type D












































C120 MCB terminal shield

C120 MCB terminal screw shield

Rear connection terminal + shield

300mA 2P C120H s Class AC Vigi






300mA 2P C120H si Type Vigi

Part Description

IndexBy part number

211

39

39

39

39

39

39

47

47

87

87

87

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

39

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

83

90

90

91

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

Page No. Page No.

18557

18558

18559

18560

18561

18563

18564

18565

18566

18567

18568

18569

18570

18571

18572

18573

18574

18575

18576

18577

18578

18579

18580

18581

18582

18583

18584

18585

18586

18587

18588

18589

18591

18592

18593

18594

18595

18596

18597

18598

18599

18610

18611

18612

18613

18614

18615

18616

18617

18618

18621

18622

18623

18624

18625

18626

18627

18628

18629

18632

18633

18634

18635

18636

18637

18638

18639

18640

18642

18644

18649

18650

18651

18652

18653

18654

18655

18656

18658

18660

18662

18663

18664

IndexBy part number

212

1000mA 2P C120H si Vigi





30mA 2P C120H Class AC Vigi









30mA 2P C120H Class A Vigi

























300mA 4P C120H si TypeVigi


10A 1P 25kA NG125N curve C








































80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve B


Part

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

85

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

Page No.Description

18665

18666

18667

18668

18669

18670

18671

18672

18673

18674

18705

18706

18707

18708

18709

18710

18711

18712

18713

18714

18715

18716

18717

18718

18719

18720

18721

18722

18723

18724

18725

18726

18727

18728

18729

18730

18731

18732

18733

18734

18735

18736

18737

18738

18739

18740

18868

18869

18870

18871

18872

18873

18874

18875

18876

18879

18880

18881

18882

18883

18884

18885

18886

18887

18889

18890

18891

18892

18893

18894

18895

18896

19000

19001

19002

19003

19004

19005

19008

19009

19012

19013

19014





80A 3P 25kA NG125N curve D






10A 1P 36kA NG125H curve C




































4A 2P NG125LMA

6.3A 2P NG125LMA

10A 2P NG125LMA

12.5A 2P NG125LMA

16A 2P NG125LMA

25A 2P NG125LMA

40A 2P NG125LMA

63A 2P NG125LMA

80A 2P NG125LMA

4A 3P NG125LMA

6.3A 3P NG125LMA

10A 3P NG125LMA

12.5A 3P NG125LMA

16A 3P NG125LMA

25A 3P NG125LMA

40A 3P NG125LMA

63A 3P NG125LMA

80A 3P NG125LMA

63A 3P NG125 NA switch dis








63A 2P NG125 Vigi 30mA











96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

96

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

98

94

94

94

94

94

94

94

94

100

102

100

102

100

102

101

103

103

101

103


19015

19016

19030

19031

19032

19033

19034

19035

19036

19037

19039

19041

19042

19044

19046

19047

19049

19053

19054

19055

19056

19058

19059

19060

19064

19065

19066

19067

19068

19069

19070

19071

19072

19073

19074

19075

19076

19077

19078

19080

19081

19082

19083

19084

19085

19086

19087

19088

19089

19090

19091

19092

19093

19094

19095

19100

19101

19106

19107

19249

19250

19252

19254

19255

19256

19257

19258

19260

19261

19263

19264

19266

19268

19269

19270

19271

19272

19661

19663

19665

19666

19667

19668




63A 2P NG125 Vigi 300mA TD



NG125 Vigi 3P 63A 1000mA TD



63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA

63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA




125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..1000mA

125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..1000mA

125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA

125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA

63A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA

63A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA

125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA

125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA

NG125 Vigi SDV,NO aux contact

NG125 Vigi SDV,NC aux contact

NG125 Vigi MXV auxiliary

NG125 230..415Vac MX+OF aux

NG125 48..130Vac MX+OF aux

NG125 24Vac MX+OF auxiliary

240Vac voltage release (MN)

48Vac voltage release (MN)

48Vdc voltage release (MN)

OF+OF electrical auxiliary

OF+SD electrical auxiliary

OF+OF or OF+SD electrical aux/y

63A 2P NG125 RCD terminal shield



63A 3P NG125 RCd terminal shield


1P NG125 terminal shield




1P NG125 terminal screw shield (x10)




Rotary handle,standard black

Rotary handle,red/yellow front

NG125 padlocking accessory

INS40/80 bare cable connector (x4)

Direct Rotary Handle

NG125 connection screws&nuts

NG125 cable lugs

NG125 terminal for alu cable

125A 3P NG125 Vigi 30mA,si Type

125A 4P NG125 Vigi 30mA,si Type

125A 3P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA

125A 4P NG125 Vigi 300..3000mA

4A 6kA DPN rated curve B

6A 6kA DPN rated curve B

10A 6kA DPN curve B

16A 6kA DPN curve B

20A 6kA DPN curve B

25A 6kA DPN curve B

32A 6kA DPN curve B

40A 6kA DPN curve B

1A 6kA DPN curve C

2A 6kA DPN curve C

4A 6kA DPN curve C

6A 6kA DPN curve C

10A 6kA DPN curve C

16A 6kA DPN curve C

20A 6kA DPN curve C

25A 6kA DPN curve C

32A 6kA DPN curve C

40A 6kA DPN curve C

6A 30mA 2P DPN Vigi curve C






Part Description

19669

20267

21100

21101

21102

21103

21104

21105

21106

21107

21108

21109

21110

21111

21112

21113

21115

21116

21117

21118

21119

21120

21121

21127

21128

21129

21130

21133

21140

21141

21142

21143

21144

21145

21146

21147

21148

21180

21181

23111

23116

23146

23213

23227

23249

23253

23258

23303

23308

24872

24873

24875

24876

24877

24878

24879

24880

24881

24882

24883

24884

25211

25212

25214

25215

25216

25217

25218

25219

25220

25221

25222

25223

26476

26477

26478

26483

26484

26485

26923

26924

26927

26929


Brackets for through door mounting

0.1 - 0.16A P25M MCB

0.16 - 0.25A P25M MCB

0.25 - 0.4A P25M MCB

0.4 - 0.63A P25M MCB

0.63 - 1A P25M MCB

1 - 1.6A P25M MCB

1.6 - 2.5A P25M MCB

1.5 - 4A P25M MCB

4 - 6.3A P25M MCB

6.3 - 10A P25M MCB

9 - 14A P25M MCB

13 - 18A P25M MCB

17 - 23A P25M MCB

20 - 25A P25M MCB

P25M limiter block

P25M MCB contact position, F+F

P25M MCB contact position, O+F

P25M position&alarm F+SD.F

P25M position&alarm O+SD.F

P25M position&alarm F+SD.O

P25M position+alarm 0+SD.O

P25M 240 MX voltage release

P25M 415 MX inst voltage release

P25M MN undervoltage release

P25M MN undervoltage release

P25M IP55 enclosure

P25M MCB green indicator

P25M MCB green neon indicator

P25M MCB red neon indicator

P25M MCB red neon indicator

P25M MCB busbar terminal block

2P P25M MCB comb busbar

4P P25M MCB comb busbar

P25M insulated cable connector

P25M comb busbar end cover

RCP phase failure relay

RCI relay 230V

80A 100mA 2P RMG

100A 300mA 2P RMG

63A 300mA 4P RMG

100A 300mA 4P RCCB (RMG)

100A 300mA 4P RMG

25A 30mA 2P Class A RCD





1A 4P 10kA C60H curve C












1A 4P 10kA C60H curve D












MCB 110-415Vac/110-130Vdc MX

MCB 48Vac/dc MX

MCB 12/24Vac/dc MX

2P replacement cover for Vigibloc



RMG auxiliary switch (OFS)

C60H/RMG OF auxiliary contact

C60H SD fault indicatibg switch

C60H OF+SD/OF selector switch

Part Description

IndexBy part number

213

101

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

103

106

106

105

105

105

106

106

106

106

105

105

105

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

109

20,90,109

109

109

109

109

101

101

103

103

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

81

81

81

81

81

81

81

118

110

110

110

110

110

110

110

110

110

110

110

110

110

110

110

111

111

111

111

111

111

111

111

111

111

112

112

112

112

112

112

112

112

112

112

49

49

10,74

10,74

14,74

14,74

14,74

74

74

74

74

74

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

26,75,88

26,75,88

26,75,88

30,91

30,91

30,91

26,75,89

26,75,89

26,75,89

26,75,88

Page No. Page No.

26946

26947

26948

26959

26960

26961

26962

26963

26969

26970

26971

26975

26976

26977

26978

26979

26980

26981

26982

26991

27001

27053

27060

27062

27145

27150

28952

28957

28958

29211

29242

29243

29252

29253

29254

29256

29257

29258

29259

29260

29320

29323

29324

29337

29354

29370

29371

29387

29388

29407

29408

29450

29451

29455

29456

29457

29458

29461

29462

29504

29505

29506

29507

30555

30556

30557

30558

30561

30562

31536

31563

31564

31565

31566

31567

31568

31569

31570

32456

32479

32480

32481

32482

IndexBy part number

214

MX+OF shunt trip

MCB MX+OF shunt trip

MCB 24Vac/dc MX+OF shunt trip

MCB 115Vac 400Hz MN

Undervoltage release (MN)



Undervoltage release,time delay

Emergency stop (MNx)

MCB/RCD padlock attachment

MCB emergency stop (MNx)

1P C60H MCB terminal shields


MCB 230Vac MNx (C60)


MCB voltage threshold release

MCB voltage threshold release

C60H MCB terminal screw shield

C60H Vigi terminal screw shield

MCB 400Vac MNx (C60)

C60H MCB interpole barrier

MCB screw connection

16 - 50mm2 alu cable terminal

Modular device spacer

C120 MCB padlock attachment

C120 MCB label holder

4 cable lugs 95mm2 Cu cable

Pair terminal shields Interpact 63A

Pair terminal shields Interpact 160A

Earth fault protection 160A

3 Tunnel terminal 160A 1.5 - 95mm2

4 Tunnel terminal 160A 1.5 - 95mm2

3 lugs NS250 120mm2 Cu cable

3 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Cu cable

3 lugs NS250.185mm2 Cu cable




3 Tunnel terminal 1.5 - 185mm2

4 Tunnel terminal 1.5 - 185mm2

One pole terminal shield

Three pole terminal shield, pair

Four pole terminal shield, pair

Rotary handle for 63 - 250A

Mechanical interlock for 2 MCCB

Toggle padlocking attachment

Toggle padlocking attachment

Shunt trip 240V

Shunt trip 380/415V

Undervoltage release 240V

Undervoltage release 380/415V

Auxiliary switch

SDE auxiliary contact adaptor

Direct metering 100A 3P


CT module 100A 3P

CT module 100A 4P

CT module with voltage output 100/5 3P


3 lugs NS250. 150mm2 Al cable






CT module 160A 3P

CT module 160A 4P



MCCB Vigi module 250A 4P

1 set of 3P spreader 250A


Ammeter module 250A 3P


CT module 250A 3P

CT module 250A 4P



MCCB Vigi module 400A 4P

3 clamps for 35 - 300mm2

4 clamps for 35 - 300mm2

3 clamps 2x35 - 240mm2

4 clamps 2x35 - 240mm2

Part

26,75,88

26,75,88

26,75,88

26,75,88

26,75,88

26,75,88

26,75,88

26,75,88

26,88

28,76,81,90

26,88

28,90

28,76,90

26,88

28,76,91

26,89

26,90

28,76,90

28,76,91

37, 98

29,91

91

90

30,46,91

91

Page No.Description

32490

32491

32500

32501

32502

32503

32504

32505

32506

32507

32564

32565

32597

32631

32653

32654

32655

32656

32657

32658

32855

32856

32857

32858

32861

32862

33466

33469

33487

33489

33490

33492

33494

33495

33564

33566

33568

33570

44936

57655

99217

99219

99221

99223

99225

99560

7795P

7796P

7797P

7798P

7799P

99246A

99246B



3 lugs for NS630. 240mm2

4 lugs for Interpact. 240mm2







Terminal shields 3P, one pair

Terminal shields 4P, one pair

Direct rotary handle

Fixed toggle padlock device





CT module 400A 3P

CT module 400A 4P



CT module 600A 3P

CT module 600A 4P



NS800N 3P Micrologic 2.0


NS800NA 3P MCCB

NS1250NA 3P MCCB

NS1600NA 3P MCCB

NS800NA 4P MCCB

NS1250NA 4P MCCB

NS1600NA 4P MCCB





MCCB padlocking device

CE30 passive infrared detector

Earth and neutral bar 19 hole






Prisma Front cover 6 way





4 way hinged cover

4 way hinged cover

60

118

118

118

118

118

77

115

115

115

115

115

118

118


Enclosed switch disconnectors

Merlin Gerin is a world leader in the manufacture and supply of high, medium and low voltage products for the distribution, protection, control and management of electrical systems and is focused on the needs of both thecommercial and industrial sectors. The newly launched VDINetwork Solutions offer provides flexible, configurableethernet systems for all communication needs.

Square D is a total quality organisation and its business is to put electricity to work productively and effectively, protecting people, buildings and equipment. Its low voltageelectrical distribution equipment, systems and services areused extensively in residential and commercial applications.

Telemecanique is a UK market leader and world expert inautomation and control. It provides complete solutions, withit's range of components, Modicon range of high technologyprogrammable controllers (PLCs), multiple fieldbus andethernet communication networks, HMI, motion controlsystems, variable speed drives and communicationssoftware. In addition, it offers power distribution throughprefabricated busbar trunking.

Schneider Electric’s local supportSchneider Electric is committed to supporting its customers at every stage of a project. Our 180 sales engineers, the largestdedicated sales force in the UK electrical industry, operate from 4 customer support centres.

Our sales engineers are skilled at assessing individual requirements and combined with the expert support of our product specialists, will develop the most effective and economical answer taking relevant regulations and standards fully into account.

To access the expertise of the Schneider Electric group, please call 0870 608 8 608. Each customer support centre includesfacilities for demonstrations and training, and presentation rooms fully equipped with audio visual and video, providing excellent meeting facilities.

www.schneider.co.uk

AUG 2005MGLV5750

Industrial systems and solutions showroomSchneider Electric Ltd, University of Warwick Science Park, Sir William Lyons Road, Coventry CV4 7EZ

Building systems and solutions showroomSchneider Electric Ltd, Stafford Park 5, Telford, Shropshire TF3 3BL

Energy and Infrastructure systems and solutions showroomSchneider Electric Ltd, 123 Jack Lane, Hunslet, Leeds LS10 1BS

Product showrooms

Fax 0870 608 8 6060870 608 8 608Nationwide support on one number - call the Customer Information Centre on

ScotlandSchneider Electric LtdUnit 11000Academy Business ParkGower StreetGlasgow G51 1PR

South WestSchneider Electric LtdPO Box 41Langley RoadChippenhamWiltshire SN15 1JJ

North WestSchneider Electric LtdMarket House Church Street WilmslowCheshire SK9 1AY

Local customer support centres

member of

.co.uk

15006 Merlin Gerin

Documents

Transcript of 15006 Merlin Gerin